Merge tag 'for-linus-4.20a-rc5-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip

Pull xen fixes from Juergen Gross:

 - A revert of a previous commit as it is no longer necessary and has
   shown to cause problems in some memory hotplug cases.

 - Some small fixes and a minor cleanup.

 - A patch for adding better diagnostic data in a very rare failure
   case.

* tag 'for-linus-4.20a-rc5-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip:
  pvcalls-front: fixes incorrect error handling
  Revert "xen/balloon: Mark unallocated host memory as UNUSABLE"
  xen: xlate_mmu: add missing header to fix 'W=1' warning
  xen/x86: add diagnostic printout to xen_mc_flush() in case of error
  x86/xen: cleanup includes in arch/x86/xen/spinlock.c
diff --git a/.clang-format b/.clang-format
index 1d5da22..e6080f5 100644
--- a/.clang-format
+++ b/.clang-format
@@ -323,7 +323,6 @@
   - 'protocol_for_each_card'
   - 'protocol_for_each_dev'
   - 'queue_for_each_hw_ctx'
-  - 'radix_tree_for_each_contig'
   - 'radix_tree_for_each_slot'
   - 'radix_tree_for_each_tagged'
   - 'rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe'
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 285e096..28fecaf 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -119,6 +119,13 @@
 Mark Yao <markyao0591@gmail.com> <mark.yao@rock-chips.com>
 Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@theobroma-systems.com>
 Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@ginzinger.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <matthew.r.wilcox@intel.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <matthew@wil.cx>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <mawilcox@linuxonhyperv.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@debian.org>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@linux.intel.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@parisc-linux.org>
 Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@brturbo.com.br>
 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <maurochehab@gmail.com>
@@ -152,7 +159,13 @@
 Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
 Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> <pratyush.anand@st.com>
 Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
+Punit Agrawal <punitagrawal@gmail.com> <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
 Qais Yousef <qsyousef@gmail.com> <qais.yousef@imgtec.com>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <external.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <fixed-term.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <ore@pengutronix.de>
 Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
 Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 5befd2d..c927339 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -2138,6 +2138,10 @@
 D: Soundblaster driver fixes, ISAPnP quirk
 S: California, USA
 
+N: Jarkko Lavinen
+E: jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com
+D: OMAP MMC support
+
 N: Jonathan Layes
 D: ARPD support
 
@@ -2200,6 +2204,10 @@
 S: North Little Rock, Arkansas 72115
 S: USA
 
+N: Christopher Li
+E: sparse@chrisli.org
+D: Sparse maintainer 2009 - 2018
+
 N: Stephan Linz
 E: linz@mazet.de
 E: Stephan.Linz@gmx.de
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 2754fe8..0000000
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@
-
-This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what
-they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in
-alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog.
-Please keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
-							 Thanks -- Paul G.
-
-Following translations are available on the WWW:
-
-   - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at
-     http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/
-
-00-INDEX
-	- this file.
-ABI/
-	- info on kernel <-> userspace ABI and relative interface stability.
-CodingStyle
-	- nothing here, just a pointer to process/coding-style.rst.
-DMA-API.txt
-	- DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
-DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
-	- Dynamic DMA mapping Guide
-DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
-	- How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
-DMA-attributes.txt
-	- listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have
-EDID/
-	- directory with info on customizing EDID for broken gfx/displays.
-IPMI.txt
-	- info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
-IRQ-affinity.txt
-	- how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP.
-IRQ-domain.txt
-	- info on interrupt numbering and setting up IRQ domains.
-IRQ.txt
-	- description of what an IRQ is.
-Intel-IOMMU.txt
-	- basic info on the Intel IOMMU virtualization support.
-Makefile
-	- It's not of interest for those who aren't touching the build system.
-PCI/
-	- info related to PCI drivers.
-RCU/
-	- directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
-SAK.txt
-	- info on Secure Attention Keys.
-SM501.txt
-	- Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip
-SubmittingPatches
-	- nothing here, just a pointer to process/coding-style.rst.
-accounting/
-	- documentation on accounting and taskstats.
-acpi/
-	- info on ACPI-specific hooks in the kernel.
-admin-guide/
-	- info related to Linux users and system admins.
-aoe/
-	- description of AoE (ATA over Ethernet) along with config examples.
-arm/
-	- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
-arm64/
-	- directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture.
-auxdisplay/
-	- misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108).
-backlight/
-	- directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays
-block/
-	- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
-blockdev/
-	- info on block devices & drivers
-bt8xxgpio.txt
-	- info on how to modify a bt8xx video card for GPIO usage.
-btmrvl.txt
-	- info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
-bus-devices/
-	- directory with info on TI GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller)
-bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
-	- how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
-cdrom/
-	- directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
-cgroup-v1/
-	- cgroups v1 features, including cpusets and memory controller.
-cma/
-	- Continuous Memory Area (CMA) debugfs interface.
-conf.py
-	- It's not of interest for those who aren't touching the build system.
-connector/
-	- docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
-console/
-	- documentation on Linux console drivers.
-core-api/
-	- documentation on kernel core components.
-cpu-freq/
-	- info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
-cpu-hotplug.txt
-	- document describing CPU hotplug support in the Linux kernel.
-cpu-load.txt
-	- document describing how CPU load statistics are collected.
-cpuidle/
-	- info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem.
-cputopology.txt
-	- documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs.
-crc32.txt
-	- brief tutorial on CRC computation
-crypto/
-	- directory with info on the Crypto API.
-dcdbas.txt
-	- information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver.
-debugging-modules.txt
-	- some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3.
-debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
-	- how to use firewire like a hardware debugger memory reader.
-dell_rbu.txt
-	- document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver.
-dev-tools/
-	- directory with info on development tools for the kernel.
-device-mapper/
-	- directory with info on Device Mapper.
-dmaengine/
-	- the DMA engine and controller API guides.
-devicetree/
-	- directory with info on device tree files used by OF/PowerPC/ARM
-digsig.txt
-	-info on the Digital Signature Verification API
-dma-buf-sharing.txt
-	- the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide
-docutils.conf
-	- nothing here. Just a configuration file for docutils.
-dontdiff
-	- file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
-driver-api/
-	- the Linux driver implementer's API guide.
-driver-model/
-	- directory with info about Linux driver model.
-early-userspace/
-	- info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
-efi-stub.txt
-	- How to use the EFI boot stub to bypass GRUB or elilo on EFI systems.
-eisa.txt
-	- info on EISA bus support.
-extcon/
-	- directory with porting guide for Android kernel switch driver.
-isa.txt
-	- info on EISA bus support.
-fault-injection/
-	- dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
-fb/
-	- directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer.
-features/
-	- status of feature implementation on different architectures.
-filesystems/
-	- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
-firmware_class/
-	- request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
-flexible-arrays.txt
-	- how to make use of flexible sized arrays in linux
-fmc/
-	- information about the FMC bus abstraction
-fpga/
-	- FPGA Manager Core.
-futex-requeue-pi.txt
-	- info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex
-gcc-plugins.txt
-	- GCC plugin infrastructure.
-gpio/
-	- gpio related documentation
-gpu/
-	- directory with information on GPU driver developer's guide.
-hid/
-	- directory with information on human interface devices
-highuid.txt
-	- notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
-hwspinlock.txt
-	- hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization
-timers/
-	- info on the timer related topics
-hw_random.txt
-	- info on Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets.
-hwmon/
-	- directory with docs on various hardware monitoring drivers.
-i2c/
-	- directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed).
-x86/i386/
-	- directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture.
-ia64/
-	- directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
-ide/
-	- Information regarding the Enhanced IDE drive.
-iio/
-	- info on industrial IIO configfs support.
-index.rst
-	- main index for the documentation at ReST format.
-infiniband/
-	- directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support.
-input/
-	- info on Linux input device support.
-intel_txt.txt
-	- info on intel Trusted Execution Technology (intel TXT).
-io-mapping.txt
-	- description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
-io_ordering.txt
-	- info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
-ioctl/
-	- directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
-iostats.txt
-	- info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
-irqflags-tracing.txt
-	- how to use the irq-flags tracing feature.
-isapnp.txt
-	- info on Linux ISA Plug & Play support.
-isdn/
-	- directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards.
-kbuild/
-	- directory with info about the kernel build process.
-kdump/
-	- directory with mini HowTo on getting the crash dump code to work.
-doc-guide/
-	- how to write and format reStructuredText kernel documentation
-kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt
-	- List of all per-CPU kthreads and how they introduce jitter.
-kobject.txt
-	- info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel.
-kprobes.txt
-	- documents the kernel probes debugging feature.
-kref.txt
-	- docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects.
-laptops/
-	- directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation.
-ldm.txt
-	- a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks).
-leds/
-	- directory with info about LED handling under Linux.
-livepatch/
-	- info on kernel live patching.
-locking/
-	- directory with info about kernel locking primitives
-lockup-watchdogs.txt
-	- info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog).
-logo.gif
-	- full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
-logo.txt
-	- info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from.
-lsm.txt
-	- Linux Security Modules: General Security Hooks for Linux
-lzo.txt
-	- kernel LZO decompressor input formats
-m68k/
-	- directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture.
-mailbox.txt
-	- How to write drivers for the common mailbox framework (IPC).
-md/
-	- directory with info about Linux Software RAID
-media/
-	- info on media drivers: uAPI, kAPI and driver documentation.
-memory-barriers.txt
-	- info on Linux kernel memory barriers.
-memory-devices/
-	- directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver
-memory-hotplug.txt
-	- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
-men-chameleon-bus.txt
-	- info on MEN chameleon bus.
-mic/
-	- Intel Many Integrated Core (MIC) architecture device driver.
-mips/
-	- directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
-misc-devices/
-	- directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem
-mmc/
-	- directory with info about the MMC subsystem
-mtd/
-	- directory with info about memory technology devices (flash)
-namespaces/
-	- directory with various information about namespaces
-netlabel/
-	- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
-networking/
-	- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
-nfc/
-	- directory relating info about Near Field Communications support.
-nios2/
-	- Linux on the Nios II architecture.
-nommu-mmap.txt
-	- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
-numastat.txt
-	- info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
-ntb.txt
-	- info on Non-Transparent Bridge (NTB) drivers.
-nvdimm/
-	- info on non-volatile devices.
-nvmem/
-	- info on non volatile memory framework.
-output/
-	- default directory where html/LaTeX/pdf files will be written.
-padata.txt
-	- An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API
-parisc/
-	- directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
-parport-lowlevel.txt
-	- description and usage of the low level parallel port functions.
-pcmcia/
-	- info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
-percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
-	- RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading
-perf/
-	- info about the APM X-Gene SoC Performance Monitoring Unit (PMU).
-phy/
-	- ino on Samsung USB 2.0 PHY adaptation layer.
-phy.txt
-	- Description of the generic PHY framework.
-pi-futex.txt
-	- documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes.
-pinctrl.txt
-	- info on pinctrl subsystem and the PINMUX/PINCONF and drivers
-platform/
-	- List of supported hardware by compal and Dell laptop.
-pnp.txt
-	- Linux Plug and Play documentation.
-power/
-	- directory with info on Linux PCI power management.
-powerpc/
-	- directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
-prctl/
-	- directory with info on the priveledge control subsystem
-preempt-locking.txt
-	- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
-process/
-	- how to work with the mainline kernel development process.
-pps/
-	- directory with information on the pulse-per-second support
-pti/
-	- directory with info on Intel MID PTI.
-ptp/
-	- directory with info on support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in Linux.
-pwm.txt
-	- info on the pulse width modulation driver subsystem
-rapidio/
-	- directory with info on RapidIO packet-based fabric interconnect
-rbtree.txt
-	- info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
-remoteproc.txt
-	- info on how to handle remote processor (e.g. AMP) offloads/usage.
-rfkill.txt
-	- info on the radio frequency kill switch subsystem/support.
-robust-futex-ABI.txt
-	- documentation of the robust futex ABI.
-robust-futexes.txt
-	- a description of what robust futexes are.
-rpmsg.txt
-	- info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework
-rtc.txt
-	- notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver.
-s390/
-	- directory with info on using Linux on the IBM S390.
-scheduler/
-	- directory with info on the scheduler.
-scsi/
-	- directory with info on Linux scsi support.
-security/
-	- directory that contains security-related info
-serial/
-	- directory with info on the low level serial API.
-sgi-ioc4.txt
-	- description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device.
-sh/
-	- directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture.
-smsc_ece1099.txt
-	-info on the smsc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device.
-sound/
-	- directory with info on sound card support.
-spi/
-	- overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
-sphinx/
-	- no documentation here, just files required by Sphinx toolchain.
-sphinx-static/
-	- no documentation here, just files required by Sphinx toolchain.
-static-keys.txt
-	- info on how static keys allow debug code in hotpaths via patching
-svga.txt
-	- short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
-sync_file.txt
-	- Sync file API guide.
-sysctl/
-	- directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
-target/
-	- directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules
-tee.txt
-	- info on the TEE subsystem and drivers
-this_cpu_ops.txt
-	- List rationale behind and the way to use this_cpu operations.
-thermal/
-	- directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp)
-trace/
-	- directory with info on tracing technologies within linux
-translations/
-	- translations of this document from English to another language
-unaligned-memory-access.txt
-	- info on how to avoid arch breaking unaligned memory access in code.
-unshare.txt
-	- description of the Linux unshare system call.
-usb/
-	- directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus.
-vfio.txt
-	- info on Virtual Function I/O used in guest/hypervisor instances.
-video-output.txt
-	- sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device.
-virtual/
-	- directory with information on the various linux virtualizations.
-vm/
-	- directory with info on the Linux vm code.
-w1/
-	- directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
-watchdog/
-	- how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
-wimax/
-	- directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections
-core-api/workqueue.rst
-	- information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation
-x86/x86_64/
-	- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
-xillybus.txt
-	- Overview and basic ui of xillybus driver
-xtensa/
-	- directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation
-xz.txt
-	- how to make use of the XZ data compression within linux kernel
-zorro.txt
-	- info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
index e960cd0..a9e123b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
@@ -25,38 +25,3 @@
 		4.2.2.
 
 		The files are read only.
-
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar
-Date:		August 2008
-Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-Description:
-		This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
-		device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
-		and Measurement Class Specification
-		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
-
-		Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
-		sent to the device or not.
-
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled
-Date:		August 2008
-Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-Description:
-		This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
-		device on every transaction or not.  For more details about
-		this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
-		Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
-		published by the USB-IF.
-
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort
-Date:		August 2008
-Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-Description:
-		This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC
-		device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
-		For more details about this, please see the document,
-		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
-		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b290d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/uuid
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		UUID source identifier string, RW.
+		Default value is randomly generated at the mkdir <node> time.
+		Data coming from trace sources that use this <node> will be
+		tagged with this UUID in the MIPI SyS-T packet stream, to
+		allow the decoder to discern between different sources
+		within the same master/channel range, and identify the
+		higher level decoders that may be needed for each source.
+
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/do_len
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		Include payload length in the MIPI SyS-T header, boolean.
+		If enabled, the SyS-T protocol encoder will include payload
+		length in each packet's metadata. This is normally redundant
+		if the underlying transport protocol supports marking message
+		boundaries (which STP does), so this is off by default.
+
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/ts_interval
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		Time interval in milliseconds. Include a timestamp in the
+		MIPI SyS-T packet metadata, if this many milliseconds have
+		passed since the previous packet from this source. Zero is
+		the default and stands for "never send the timestamp".
+
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/clocksync_interval
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		Time interval in milliseconds. Send a CLOCKSYNC packet if
+		this many milliseconds have passed since the previous
+		CLOCKSYNC packet from this source. Zero is the default and
+		stands for "never send the CLOCKSYNC". It makes sense to
+		use this option with sources that generate constant and/or
+		periodic data, like stm_heartbeat.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index 9281e2a..809765b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Control descriptors
 
+		All attributes read only:
+		bInterfaceNumber	- USB interface number for this
+					  streaming interface
+
 What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
 Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
@@ -109,6 +113,10 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Streaming descriptors
 
+		All attributes read only:
+		bInterfaceNumber	- USB interface number for this
+					  streaming interface
+
 What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
 Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
@@ -160,6 +168,10 @@
 
 		All attributes read only,
 		except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
+		bFormatIndex		- unique id for this format descriptor;
+					only defined after parent header is
+					linked into the streaming class;
+					read-only
 		bmaControls		- this format's data for bmaControls in
 					the streaming header
 		bmInterfaceFlags	- specifies interlace information,
@@ -177,6 +189,10 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
 
+		bFrameIndex		- unique id for this framedescriptor;
+					only defined after parent format is
+					linked into the streaming header;
+					read-only
 		dwFrameInterval		- indicates how frame interval can be
 					programmed; a number of values
 					separated by newline can be specified
@@ -204,6 +220,10 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Specific uncompressed format descriptors
 
+		bFormatIndex		- unique id for this format descriptor;
+					only defined after parent header is
+					linked into the streaming class;
+					read-only
 		bmaControls		- this format's data for bmaControls in
 					the streaming header
 		bmInterfaceFlags	- specifies interlace information,
@@ -224,6 +244,10 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
 
+		bFrameIndex		- unique id for this framedescriptor;
+					only defined after parent format is
+					linked into the streaming header;
+					read-only
 		dwFrameInterval		- indicates how frame interval can be
 					programmed; a number of values
 					separated by newline can be specified
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index a5b4f22..8127a08 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
 
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw
-KernelVersion:	4.18
+KernelVersion:	4.19
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 44d4b2b..8bfee55 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -323,3 +323,27 @@
 
 		This is similar to /sys/bus/pci/drivers_autoprobe, but
 		affects only the VFs associated with a specific PF.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/size
+Date:		November 2017
+Contact:	Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+		If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+	        file contains the total amount of memory that the device
+		provides (in decimal).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/available
+Date:		November 2017
+Contact:	Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+		If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+	        file contains the amount of memory that has not been
+		allocated (in decimal).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/published
+Date:		November 2017
+Contact:	Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+		If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+	        file contains a '1' if the memory has been published for
+		use outside the driver that owns the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 08d456e..559baa5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -189,6 +189,16 @@
 		The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
 		information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
 
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/location
+Date:		October 2018
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Some platforms provide usb port physical location through
+		firmware. This is used by the kernel to pair up logical ports
+		mapping to the same physical connector. The attribute exposes the
+		raw location value as a hex integer.
+
+
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/quirks
 Date:		May 2018
 Contact:	Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org>
@@ -219,7 +229,14 @@
 		ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose
 		the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port
 		to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value
-		which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached.
+		which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached. This file supports
+		poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space.
+
+		Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a
+		udev event with the following attributes:
+
+		OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+		OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
 Date:		November 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91e6c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/vmbus/devices/.../driver_override
+Date:		August 2019
+Contact:	Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+		will override standard static and dynamic ID matching.  When
+		specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+		to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+		device.  The override is specified by writing a string to the
+		driver_override file (echo uio_hv_generic > driver_override) and
+		may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+		This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+		Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+		device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+		automatically load the specified driver.  If no driver with a
+		matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+		will not bind to any driver.  This also allows devices to
+		opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+		"none".  Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+		there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0
deleted file mode 100644
index ae0a2d3..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-sysfs interface for the S6E63M0 AMOLED LCD panel driver
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/gamma_mode
-Date:		May, 2010
-KernelVersion:	v2.6.35
-Contact:	dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
-Description:
-		(RW) Read or write the gamma mode. Following three modes are
-		supported:
-		0 - gamma value 2.2,
-		1 - gamma value 1.9 and
-		2 - gamma value 1.7.
-
-
-What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/gamma_table
-Date:		May, 2010
-KernelVersion:	v2.6.35
-Contact:	dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
-Description:
-		(RO) Displays the size of the gamma table i.e. the number of
-		gamma modes available.
-
-This is a backlight lcd driver. These interfaces are an extension to the API
-documented in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd and in
-Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight (under
-/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
index fb3d1e0..1e5d172 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
 		  0-|   /             \/             \/
 		    +---0----1----2----3----4----5----6------------> time (s)
 
-		2. To make the LED go instantly from one brigntess value to another,
-		we should use use zero-time lengths (the brightness must be same as
+		2. To make the LED go instantly from one brightness value to another,
+		we should use zero-time lengths (the brightness must be same as
 		the previous tuple's). So the format should be:
 		"brightness_1 duration_1 brightness_1 0 brightness_2 duration_2
 		brightness_2 0 ...". For example:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index e2e0fe5..664a8f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -91,6 +91,24 @@
 		stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC
 		address as their parent device.
 
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_port
+Date:		February 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the port number of this network device, formatted
+		as a decimal value. Some NICs have multiple independent ports
+		on the same PCI bus, device and function. This attribute allows
+		userspace to distinguish the respective interfaces.
+
+		Note: some device drivers started to use 'dev_id' for this
+		purpose since long before 3.15 and have not adopted the new
+		attribute ever since. To query the port number, some tools look
+		exclusively at 'dev_port', while others only consult 'dev_id'.
+		If a network device has multiple client adapter ports as
+		described in the previous paragraph and does not set this
+		attribute to its port number, it's a kernel bug.
+
 What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant
 Date:		March 2006
 KernelVersion:	2.6.17
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 94a24ae..3ac4177 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -121,7 +121,22 @@
 Date:		January 2016
 Contact:	"Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
 Description:
-		 Controls the idle timing.
+		 Controls the idle timing for all paths other than
+		 discard and gc path.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_idle_interval
+Date:		September 2018
+Contact:	"Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Contact:	"Sahitya Tummala" <stummala@codeaurora.org>
+Description:
+		 Controls the idle timing for discard path.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle_interval
+Date:		September 2018
+Contact:	"Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Contact:	"Sahitya Tummala" <stummala@codeaurora.org>
+Description:
+		 Controls the idle timing for gc path.
 
 What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_enable
 Date:		August 2017
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf47749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control reader mode. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control FN lock mode. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control fan mode. 1 for performance mode, 0 for silent mode.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control USB port charging when device is turned off.
+        1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 206b1d5..0000000
--- a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- this file
-acpi-info.txt
-	- info on how PCI host bridges are represented in ACPI
-MSI-HOWTO.txt
-	- the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ.
-PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt
-	- a guide describing the PCI Express Port Bus driver
-pci-error-recovery.txt
-	- info on PCI error recovery
-pci-iov-howto.txt
-	- the PCI Express I/O Virtualization HOWTO
-pci.txt
-	- info on the PCI subsystem for device driver authors
-pcieaer-howto.txt
-	- the PCI Express Advanced Error Reporting Driver Guide HOWTO
-endpoint/pci-endpoint.txt
-	- guide to add endpoint controller driver and endpoint function driver.
-endpoint/pci-endpoint-cfs.txt
-	- guide to use configfs to configure the PCI endpoint function.
-endpoint/pci-test-function.txt
-	- specification of *PCI test* function device.
-endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
-	- userguide for PCI endpoint test function.
-endpoint/function/binding/
-	- binding documentation for PCI endpoint function
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
index e40cf0f..040479f 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
@@ -99,17 +99,20 @@
 2.2 Using Endpoint Test function Device
 
 pcitest.sh added in tools/pci/ can be used to run all the default PCI endpoint
-tests. Before pcitest.sh can be used pcitest.c should be compiled using the
-following commands.
+tests. To compile this tool the following commands should be used:
 
-	cd <kernel-dir>
-	make headers_install ARCH=arm
-	arm-linux-gnueabihf-gcc -Iusr/include tools/pci/pcitest.c -o pcitest
-	cp pcitest  <rootfs>/usr/sbin/
-	cp tools/pci/pcitest.sh <rootfs>
+	# cd <kernel-dir>
+	# make -C tools/pci
+
+or if you desire to compile and install in your system:
+
+	# cd <kernel-dir>
+	# make -C tools/pci install
+
+The tool and script will be located in <rootfs>/usr/bin/
 
 2.2.1 pcitest.sh Output
-	# ./pcitest.sh
+	# pcitest.sh
 	BAR tests
 
 	BAR0:           OKAY
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
index 688b691..0b6bb3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 event will be platform-dependent, but will follow the general
 sequence described below.
 
-STEP 0: Error Event: ERR_NONFATAL
+STEP 0: Error Event
 -------------------
 A PCI bus error is detected by the PCI hardware.  On powerpc, the slot
 is isolated, in that all I/O is blocked: all reads return 0xffffffff,
@@ -228,7 +228,13 @@
 If any driver returned PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, then the platform
 proceeds to STEP 4 (Slot Reset)
 
-STEP 3: Slot Reset
+STEP 3: Link Reset
+------------------
+The platform resets the link.  This is a PCI-Express specific step
+and is done whenever a fatal error has been detected that can be
+"solved" by resetting the link.
+
+STEP 4: Slot Reset
 ------------------
 
 In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the
@@ -314,7 +320,7 @@
 >>> However, it probably should.
 
 
-STEP 4: Resume Operations
+STEP 5: Resume Operations
 -------------------------
 The platform will call the resume() callback on all affected device
 drivers if all drivers on the segment have returned
@@ -326,7 +332,7 @@
 At this point, if a new error happens, the platform will restart
 a new error recovery sequence.
 
-STEP 5: Permanent Failure
+STEP 6: Permanent Failure
 -------------------------
 A "permanent failure" has occurred, and the platform cannot recover
 the device.  The platform will call error_detected() with a
@@ -349,27 +355,6 @@
 for additional detail on real-life experience of the causes of
 software errors.
 
-STEP 0: Error Event: ERR_FATAL
--------------------
-PCI bus error is detected by the PCI hardware. On powerpc, the slot is
-isolated, in that all I/O is blocked: all reads return 0xffffffff, all
-writes are ignored.
-
-STEP 1: Remove devices
---------------------
-Platform removes the devices depending on the error agent, it could be
-this port for all subordinates or upstream component (likely downstream
-port)
-
-STEP 2: Reset link
---------------------
-The platform resets the link.  This is a PCI-Express specific step and is
-done whenever a fatal error has been detected that can be "solved" by
-resetting the link.
-
-STEP 3: Re-enumerate the devices
---------------------
-Initiates the re-enumeration.
 
 Conclusion; General Remarks
 ---------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index f46980c..0000000
--- a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- This file
-arrayRCU.txt
-	- Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Arrays
-checklist.txt
-	- Review Checklist for RCU Patches
-listRCU.txt
-	- Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Linked Lists
-lockdep.txt
-	- RCU and lockdep checking
-lockdep-splat.txt
-	- RCU Lockdep splats explained.
-NMI-RCU.txt
-	- Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers
-rcu_dereference.txt
-	- Proper care and feeding of return values from rcu_dereference()
-rcubarrier.txt
-	- RCU and Unloadable Modules
-rculist_nulls.txt
-	- RCU list primitives for use with SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU
-rcuref.txt
-	- Reference-count design for elements of lists/arrays protected by RCU
-rcu.txt
-	- RCU Concepts
-RTFP.txt
-	- List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980.
-stallwarn.txt
-	- RCU CPU stall warnings (module parameter rcu_cpu_stall_suppress)
-torture.txt
-	- RCU Torture Test Operation (CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST)
-UP.txt
-	- RCU on Uniprocessor Systems
-whatisRCU.txt
-	- What is RCU?
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt
index 7d4ae11..721b3e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt
@@ -87,7 +87,3 @@
 
 	See the RTFP.txt file in this directory.
 	Or point your browser at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/.
-
-o	What are all these files in this directory?
-
-	See 00-INDEX for the list.
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt b/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8ca28b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+================================
+PSI - Pressure Stall Information
+================================
+
+:Date: April, 2018
+:Author: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
+
+When CPU, memory or IO devices are contended, workloads experience
+latency spikes, throughput losses, and run the risk of OOM kills.
+
+Without an accurate measure of such contention, users are forced to
+either play it safe and under-utilize their hardware resources, or
+roll the dice and frequently suffer the disruptions resulting from
+excessive overcommit.
+
+The psi feature identifies and quantifies the disruptions caused by
+such resource crunches and the time impact it has on complex workloads
+or even entire systems.
+
+Having an accurate measure of productivity losses caused by resource
+scarcity aids users in sizing workloads to hardware--or provisioning
+hardware according to workload demand.
+
+As psi aggregates this information in realtime, systems can be managed
+dynamically using techniques such as load shedding, migrating jobs to
+other systems or data centers, or strategically pausing or killing low
+priority or restartable batch jobs.
+
+This allows maximizing hardware utilization without sacrificing
+workload health or risking major disruptions such as OOM kills.
+
+Pressure interface
+==================
+
+Pressure information for each resource is exported through the
+respective file in /proc/pressure/ -- cpu, memory, and io.
+
+The format for CPU is as such:
+
+some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+
+and for memory and IO:
+
+some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+full avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+
+The "some" line indicates the share of time in which at least some
+tasks are stalled on a given resource.
+
+The "full" line indicates the share of time in which all non-idle
+tasks are stalled on a given resource simultaneously. In this state
+actual CPU cycles are going to waste, and a workload that spends
+extended time in this state is considered to be thrashing. This has
+severe impact on performance, and it's useful to distinguish this
+situation from a state where some tasks are stalled but the CPU is
+still doing productive work. As such, time spent in this subset of the
+stall state is tracked separately and exported in the "full" averages.
+
+The ratios are tracked as recent trends over ten, sixty, and three
+hundred second windows, which gives insight into short term events as
+well as medium and long term trends. The total absolute stall time is
+tracked and exported as well, to allow detection of latency spikes
+which wouldn't necessarily make a dent in the time averages, or to
+average trends over custom time frames.
+
+Cgroup2 interface
+=================
+
+In a system with a CONFIG_CGROUP=y kernel and the cgroup2 filesystem
+mounted, pressure stall information is also tracked for tasks grouped
+into cgroups. Each subdirectory in the cgroupfs mountpoint contains
+cpu.pressure, memory.pressure, and io.pressure files; the format is
+the same as the /proc/pressure/ files.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Yama.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Yama.rst
index 13468ea..d0a060d 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Yama.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Yama.rst
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
     Using ``PTRACE_TRACEME`` is unchanged.
 
 2 - admin-only attach:
-    only processes with ``CAP_SYS_PTRACE`` may use ptrace
-    with ``PTRACE_ATTACH``, or through children calling ``PTRACE_TRACEME``.
+    only processes with ``CAP_SYS_PTRACE`` may use ptrace, either with
+    ``PTRACE_ATTACH`` or through children calling ``PTRACE_TRACEME``.
 
 3 - no attach:
     no processes may use ptrace with ``PTRACE_ATTACH`` nor via
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst
index 15ea785..0797eec 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@
 
  - There are various README files in the Documentation/ subdirectory:
    these typically contain kernel-specific installation notes for some
-   drivers for example. See Documentation/00-INDEX for a list of what
-   is contained in each file.  Please read the
+   drivers for example. Please read the
    :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst <changes>` file, as it
    contains information about the problems, which may result by upgrading
    your kernel.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index caf3610..476722b 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -966,6 +966,12 @@
 	$PERIOD duration.  "max" for $MAX indicates no limit.  If only
 	one number is written, $MAX is updated.
 
+  cpu.pressure
+	A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+
+	Shows pressure stall information for CPU. See
+	Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+
 
 Memory
 ------
@@ -1127,6 +1133,10 @@
 		disk readahead.  For now OOM in memory cgroup kills
 		tasks iff shortage has happened inside page fault.
 
+		This event is not raised if the OOM killer is not
+		considered as an option, e.g. for failed high-order
+		allocations.
+
 	  oom_kill
 		The number of processes belonging to this cgroup
 		killed by any kind of OOM killer.
@@ -1271,6 +1281,12 @@
 	higher than the limit for an extended period of time.  This
 	reduces the impact on the workload and memory management.
 
+  memory.pressure
+	A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+
+	Shows pressure stall information for memory. See
+	Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+
 
 Usage Guidelines
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -1408,6 +1424,12 @@
 
 	  8:16 rbps=2097152 wbps=max riops=max wiops=max
 
+  io.pressure
+	A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+
+	Shows pressure stall information for IO. See
+	Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+
 
 Writeback
 ~~~~~~~~~
@@ -1857,10 +1879,8 @@
 
   wbc_init_bio(@wbc, @bio)
 	Should be called for each bio carrying writeback data and
-	associates the bio with the inode's owner cgroup and the
-	corresponding request queue.  This must be called after
-	a queue (device) has been associated with the bio and
-	before submission.
+	associates the bio with the inode's owner cgroup.  Can be
+	called anytime between bio allocation and submission.
 
   wbc_account_io(@wbc, @page, @bytes)
 	Should be called for each data segment being written out.
@@ -1879,7 +1899,7 @@
 the writeback session is holding shared resources, e.g. a journal
 entry, may lead to priority inversion.  There is no one easy solution
 for the problem.  Filesystems can try to work around specific problem
-cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_create_blkg()
+cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_blkcg()
 directly.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e506d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+========================
+ext4 General Information
+========================
+
+Ext4 is an advanced level of the ext3 filesystem which incorporates
+scalability and reliability enhancements for supporting large filesystems
+(64 bit) in keeping with increasing disk capacities and state-of-the-art
+feature requirements.
+
+Mailing list:	linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
+Web site:	http://ext4.wiki.kernel.org
+
+
+Quick usage instructions
+========================
+
+Note: More extensive information for getting started with ext4 can be
+found at the ext4 wiki site at the URL:
+http://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Ext4_Howto
+
+  - The latest version of e2fsprogs can be found at:
+
+    https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs/
+
+	or
+
+    http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2406
+
+	or grab the latest git repository from:
+
+   https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/ext2/e2fsprogs.git
+
+  - Create a new filesystem using the ext4 filesystem type:
+
+        # mke2fs -t ext4 /dev/hda1
+
+    Or to configure an existing ext3 filesystem to support extents:
+
+	# tune2fs -O extents /dev/hda1
+
+    If the filesystem was created with 128 byte inodes, it can be
+    converted to use 256 byte for greater efficiency via:
+
+        # tune2fs -I 256 /dev/hda1
+
+  - Mounting:
+
+	# mount -t ext4 /dev/hda1 /wherever
+
+  - When comparing performance with other filesystems, it's always
+    important to try multiple workloads; very often a subtle change in a
+    workload parameter can completely change the ranking of which
+    filesystems do well compared to others.  When comparing versus ext3,
+    note that ext4 enables write barriers by default, while ext3 does
+    not enable write barriers by default.  So it is useful to use
+    explicitly specify whether barriers are enabled or not when via the
+    '-o barriers=[0|1]' mount option for both ext3 and ext4 filesystems
+    for a fair comparison.  When tuning ext3 for best benchmark numbers,
+    it is often worthwhile to try changing the data journaling mode; '-o
+    data=writeback' can be faster for some workloads.  (Note however that
+    running mounted with data=writeback can potentially leave stale data
+    exposed in recently written files in case of an unclean shutdown,
+    which could be a security exposure in some situations.)  Configuring
+    the filesystem with a large journal can also be helpful for
+    metadata-intensive workloads.
+
+Features
+========
+
+Currently Available
+-------------------
+
+* ability to use filesystems > 16TB (e2fsprogs support not available yet)
+* extent format reduces metadata overhead (RAM, IO for access, transactions)
+* extent format more robust in face of on-disk corruption due to magics,
+* internal redundancy in tree
+* improved file allocation (multi-block alloc)
+* lift 32000 subdirectory limit imposed by i_links_count[1]
+* nsec timestamps for mtime, atime, ctime, create time
+* inode version field on disk (NFSv4, Lustre)
+* reduced e2fsck time via uninit_bg feature
+* journal checksumming for robustness, performance
+* persistent file preallocation (e.g for streaming media, databases)
+* ability to pack bitmaps and inode tables into larger virtual groups via the
+  flex_bg feature
+* large file support
+* inode allocation using large virtual block groups via flex_bg
+* delayed allocation
+* large block (up to pagesize) support
+* efficient new ordered mode in JBD2 and ext4 (avoid using buffer head to force
+  the ordering)
+
+[1] Filesystems with a block size of 1k may see a limit imposed by the
+directory hash tree having a maximum depth of two.
+
+Options
+=======
+
+When mounting an ext4 filesystem, the following option are accepted:
+(*) == default
+
+  ro
+        Mount filesystem read only. Note that ext4 will replay the journal (and
+        thus write to the partition) even when mounted "read only". The mount
+        options "ro,noload" can be used to prevent writes to the filesystem.
+
+  journal_checksum
+        Enable checksumming of the journal transactions.  This will allow the
+        recovery code in e2fsck and the kernel to detect corruption in the
+        kernel.  It is a compatible change and will be ignored by older
+        kernels.
+
+  journal_async_commit
+        Commit block can be written to disk without waiting for descriptor
+        blocks. If enabled older kernels cannot mount the device. This will
+        enable 'journal_checksum' internally.
+
+  journal_path=path, journal_dev=devnum
+        When the external journal device's major/minor numbers have changed,
+        these options allow the user to specify the new journal location.  The
+        journal device is identified through either its new major/minor numbers
+        encoded in devnum, or via a path to the device.
+
+  norecovery, noload
+        Don't load the journal on mounting.  Note that if the filesystem was
+        not unmounted cleanly, skipping the journal replay will lead to the
+        filesystem containing inconsistencies that can lead to any number of
+        problems.
+
+  data=journal
+        All data are committed into the journal prior to being written into the
+        main file system.  Enabling this mode will disable delayed allocation
+        and O_DIRECT support.
+
+  data=ordered	(*)
+        All data are forced directly out to the main file system prior to its
+        metadata being committed to the journal.
+
+  data=writeback
+        Data ordering is not preserved, data may be written into the main file
+        system after its metadata has been committed to the journal.
+
+  commit=nrsec	(*)
+        Ext4 can be told to sync all its data and metadata every 'nrsec'
+        seconds. The default value is 5 seconds.  This means that if you lose
+        your power, you will lose as much as the latest 5 seconds of work (your
+        filesystem will not be damaged though, thanks to the journaling).  This
+        default value (or any low value) will hurt performance, but it's good
+        for data-safety.  Setting it to 0 will have the same effect as leaving
+        it at the default (5 seconds).  Setting it to very large values will
+        improve performance.
+
+  barrier=<0|1(*)>, barrier(*), nobarrier
+        This enables/disables the use of write barriers in the jbd code.
+        barrier=0 disables, barrier=1 enables.  This also requires an IO stack
+        which can support barriers, and if jbd gets an error on a barrier
+        write, it will disable again with a warning.  Write barriers enforce
+        proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making volatile disk write
+        caches safe to use, at some performance penalty.  If your disks are
+        battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may safely
+        improve performance.  The mount options "barrier" and "nobarrier" can
+        also be used to enable or disable barriers, for consistency with other
+        ext4 mount options.
+
+  inode_readahead_blks=n
+        This tuning parameter controls the maximum number of inode table blocks
+        that ext4's inode table readahead algorithm will pre-read into the
+        buffer cache.  The default value is 32 blocks.
+
+  nouser_xattr
+        Disables Extended User Attributes.  See the attr(5) manual page for
+        more information about extended attributes.
+
+  noacl
+        This option disables POSIX Access Control List support. If ACL support
+        is enabled in the kernel configuration (CONFIG_EXT4_FS_POSIX_ACL), ACL
+        is enabled by default on mount. See the acl(5) manual page for more
+        information about acl.
+
+  bsddf	(*)
+        Make 'df' act like BSD.
+
+  minixdf
+        Make 'df' act like Minix.
+
+  debug
+        Extra debugging information is sent to syslog.
+
+  abort
+        Simulate the effects of calling ext4_abort() for debugging purposes.
+        This is normally used while remounting a filesystem which is already
+        mounted.
+
+  errors=remount-ro
+        Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
+
+  errors=continue
+        Keep going on a filesystem error.
+
+  errors=panic
+        Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.  (These mount options
+        override the errors behavior specified in the superblock, which can be
+        configured using tune2fs)
+
+  data_err=ignore(*)
+        Just print an error message if an error occurs in a file data buffer in
+        ordered mode.
+  data_err=abort
+        Abort the journal if an error occurs in a file data buffer in ordered
+        mode.
+
+  grpid | bsdgroups
+        New objects have the group ID of their parent.
+
+  nogrpid (*) | sysvgroups
+        New objects have the group ID of their creator.
+
+  resgid=n
+        The group ID which may use the reserved blocks.
+
+  resuid=n
+        The user ID which may use the reserved blocks.
+
+  sb=
+        Use alternate superblock at this location.
+
+  quota, noquota, grpquota, usrquota
+        These options are ignored by the filesystem. They are used only by
+        quota tools to recognize volumes where quota should be turned on. See
+        documentation in the quota-tools package for more details
+        (http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxquota).
+
+  jqfmt=<quota type>, usrjquota=<file>, grpjquota=<file>
+        These options tell filesystem details about quota so that quota
+        information can be properly updated during journal replay. They replace
+        the above quota options. See documentation in the quota-tools package
+        for more details (http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxquota).
+
+  stripe=n
+        Number of filesystem blocks that mballoc will try to use for allocation
+        size and alignment. For RAID5/6 systems this should be the number of
+        data disks *  RAID chunk size in file system blocks.
+
+  delalloc	(*)
+        Defer block allocation until just before ext4 writes out the block(s)
+        in question.  This allows ext4 to better allocation decisions more
+        efficiently.
+
+  nodelalloc
+        Disable delayed allocation.  Blocks are allocated when the data is
+        copied from userspace to the page cache, either via the write(2) system
+        call or when an mmap'ed page which was previously unallocated is
+        written for the first time.
+
+  max_batch_time=usec
+        Maximum amount of time ext4 should wait for additional filesystem
+        operations to be batch together with a synchronous write operation.
+        Since a synchronous write operation is going to force a commit and then
+        a wait for the I/O complete, it doesn't cost much, and can be a huge
+        throughput win, we wait for a small amount of time to see if any other
+        transactions can piggyback on the synchronous write.   The algorithm
+        used is designed to automatically tune for the speed of the disk, by
+        measuring the amount of time (on average) that it takes to finish
+        committing a transaction.  Call this time the "commit time".  If the
+        time that the transaction has been running is less than the commit
+        time, ext4 will try sleeping for the commit time to see if other
+        operations will join the transaction.   The commit time is capped by
+        the max_batch_time, which defaults to 15000us (15ms).   This
+        optimization can be turned off entirely by setting max_batch_time to 0.
+
+  min_batch_time=usec
+        This parameter sets the commit time (as described above) to be at least
+        min_batch_time.  It defaults to zero microseconds.  Increasing this
+        parameter may improve the throughput of multi-threaded, synchronous
+        workloads on very fast disks, at the cost of increasing latency.
+
+  journal_ioprio=prio
+        The I/O priority (from 0 to 7, where 0 is the highest priority) which
+        should be used for I/O operations submitted by kjournald2 during a
+        commit operation.  This defaults to 3, which is a slightly higher
+        priority than the default I/O priority.
+
+  auto_da_alloc(*), noauto_da_alloc
+        Many broken applications don't use fsync() when replacing existing
+        files via patterns such as fd = open("foo.new")/write(fd,..)/close(fd)/
+        rename("foo.new", "foo"), or worse yet, fd = open("foo",
+        O_TRUNC)/write(fd,..)/close(fd).  If auto_da_alloc is enabled, ext4
+        will detect the replace-via-rename and replace-via-truncate patterns
+        and force that any delayed allocation blocks are allocated such that at
+        the next journal commit, in the default data=ordered mode, the data
+        blocks of the new file are forced to disk before the rename() operation
+        is committed.  This provides roughly the same level of guarantees as
+        ext3, and avoids the "zero-length" problem that can happen when a
+        system crashes before the delayed allocation blocks are forced to disk.
+
+  noinit_itable
+        Do not initialize any uninitialized inode table blocks in the
+        background.  This feature may be used by installation CD's so that the
+        install process can complete as quickly as possible; the inode table
+        initialization process would then be deferred until the next time the
+        file system is unmounted.
+
+  init_itable=n
+        The lazy itable init code will wait n times the number of milliseconds
+        it took to zero out the previous block group's inode table.  This
+        minimizes the impact on the system performance while file system's
+        inode table is being initialized.
+
+  discard, nodiscard(*)
+        Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM commands to the
+        underlying block device when blocks are freed.  This is useful for SSD
+        devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs, but it is off by default
+        until sufficient testing has been done.
+
+  nouid32
+        Disables 32-bit UIDs and GIDs.  This is for interoperability  with
+        older kernels which only store and expect 16-bit values.
+
+  block_validity(*), noblock_validity
+        These options enable or disable the in-kernel facility for tracking
+        filesystem metadata blocks within internal data structures.  This
+        allows multi- block allocator and other routines to notice bugs or
+        corrupted allocation bitmaps which cause blocks to be allocated which
+        overlap with filesystem metadata blocks.
+
+  dioread_lock, dioread_nolock
+        Controls whether or not ext4 should use the DIO read locking. If the
+        dioread_nolock option is specified ext4 will allocate uninitialized
+        extent before buffer write and convert the extent to initialized after
+        IO completes. This approach allows ext4 code to avoid using inode
+        mutex, which improves scalability on high speed storages. However this
+        does not work with data journaling and dioread_nolock option will be
+        ignored with kernel warning. Note that dioread_nolock code path is only
+        used for extent-based files.  Because of the restrictions this options
+        comprises it is off by default (e.g. dioread_lock).
+
+  max_dir_size_kb=n
+        This limits the size of directories so that any attempt to expand them
+        beyond the specified limit in kilobytes will cause an ENOSPC error.
+        This is useful in memory constrained environments, where a very large
+        directory can cause severe performance problems or even provoke the Out
+        Of Memory killer.  (For example, if there is only 512mb memory
+        available, a 176mb directory may seriously cramp the system's style.)
+
+  i_version
+        Enable 64-bit inode version support. This option is off by default.
+
+  dax
+        Use direct access (no page cache).  See
+        Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt.  Note that this option is
+        incompatible with data=journal.
+
+Data Mode
+=========
+There are 3 different data modes:
+
+* writeback mode
+
+  In data=writeback mode, ext4 does not journal data at all.  This mode provides
+  a similar level of journaling as that of XFS, JFS, and ReiserFS in its default
+  mode - metadata journaling.  A crash+recovery can cause incorrect data to
+  appear in files which were written shortly before the crash.  This mode will
+  typically provide the best ext4 performance.
+
+* ordered mode
+
+  In data=ordered mode, ext4 only officially journals metadata, but it logically
+  groups metadata information related to data changes with the data blocks into
+  a single unit called a transaction.  When it's time to write the new metadata
+  out to disk, the associated data blocks are written first.  In general, this
+  mode performs slightly slower than writeback but significantly faster than
+  journal mode.
+
+* journal mode
+
+  data=journal mode provides full data and metadata journaling.  All new data is
+  written to the journal first, and then to its final location.  In the event of
+  a crash, the journal can be replayed, bringing both data and metadata into a
+  consistent state.  This mode is the slowest except when data needs to be read
+  from and written to disk at the same time where it outperforms all others
+  modes.  Enabling this mode will disable delayed allocation and O_DIRECT
+  support.
+
+/proc entries
+=============
+
+Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in
+/proc/fs/ext4.  Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in
+/proc/fs/ext4 based on its device name (i.e., /proc/fs/ext4/hdc or
+/proc/fs/ext4/dm-0).   The files in each per-device directory are shown
+in table below.
+
+Files in /proc/fs/ext4/<devname>
+
+  mb_groups
+        details of multiblock allocator buddy cache of free blocks
+
+/sys entries
+============
+
+Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in
+/sys/fs/ext4.  Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in
+/sys/fs/ext4 based on its device name (i.e., /sys/fs/ext4/hdc or
+/sys/fs/ext4/dm-0).   The files in each per-device directory are shown
+in table below.
+
+Files in /sys/fs/ext4/<devname>:
+
+(see also Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4)
+
+  delayed_allocation_blocks
+        This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks that are dirty in
+        the page cache, but which do not have their location in the filesystem
+        allocated yet.
+
+  inode_goal
+        Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal inode used by
+        the inode allocator in preference to all other allocation heuristics.
+        This is intended for debugging use only, and should be 0 on production
+        systems.
+
+  inode_readahead_blks
+        Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of inode table
+        blocks that ext4's inode table readahead algorithm will pre-read into
+        the buffer cache.
+
+  lifetime_write_kbytes
+        This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes of data that
+        have been written to this filesystem since it was created.
+
+  max_writeback_mb_bump
+        The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will try to write
+        out before move on to another inode.
+
+  mb_group_prealloc
+        The multiblock allocator will round up allocation requests to a
+        multiple of this tuning parameter if the stripe size is not set in the
+        ext4 superblock
+
+  mb_max_to_scan
+        The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator will search to
+        find the best extent.
+
+  mb_min_to_scan
+        The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator will search to
+        find the best extent.
+
+  mb_order2_req
+        Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for requests (as a
+        power of 2) where the buddy cache is used.
+
+  mb_stats
+        Controls whether the multiblock allocator should collect statistics,
+        which are shown during the unmount. 1 means to collect statistics, 0
+        means not to collect statistics.
+
+  mb_stream_req
+        Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable parameter will have
+        their blocks allocated out of a block group specific preallocation
+        pool, so that small files are packed closely together.  Each large file
+        will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique preallocation
+        pool.
+
+  session_write_kbytes
+        This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes of data that
+        have been written to this filesystem since it was mounted.
+
+  reserved_clusters
+        This is RW file and contains number of reserved clusters in the file
+        system which will be used in the specific situations to avoid costly
+        zeroout, unexpected ENOSPC, or possible data loss. The default is 2% or
+        4096 clusters, whichever is smaller and this can be changed however it
+        can never exceed number of clusters in the file system. If there is not
+        enough space for the reserved space when mounting the file mount will
+        _not_ fail.
+
+Ioctls
+======
+
+There is some Ext4 specific functionality which can be accessed by applications
+through the system call interfaces. The list of all Ext4 specific ioctls are
+shown in the table below.
+
+Table of Ext4 specific ioctls
+
+  EXT4_IOC_GETFLAGS
+        Get additional attributes associated with inode.  The ioctl argument is
+        an integer bitfield, with bit values described in ext4.h. This ioctl is
+        an alias for FS_IOC_GETFLAGS.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_SETFLAGS
+        Set additional attributes associated with inode.  The ioctl argument is
+        an integer bitfield, with bit values described in ext4.h. This ioctl is
+        an alias for FS_IOC_SETFLAGS.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_GETVERSION, EXT4_IOC_GETVERSION_OLD
+        Get the inode i_generation number stored for each inode. The
+        i_generation number is normally changed only when new inode is created
+        and it is particularly useful for network filesystems. The '_OLD'
+        version of this ioctl is an alias for FS_IOC_GETVERSION.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_SETVERSION, EXT4_IOC_SETVERSION_OLD
+        Set the inode i_generation number stored for each inode. The '_OLD'
+        version of this ioctl is an alias for FS_IOC_SETVERSION.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_GROUP_EXTEND
+        This ioctl has the same purpose as the resize mount option. It allows
+        to resize filesystem to the end of the last existing block group,
+        further resize has to be done with resize2fs, either online, or
+        offline. The argument points to the unsigned logn number representing
+        the filesystem new block count.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_MOVE_EXT
+        Move the block extents from orig_fd (the one this ioctl is pointing to)
+        to the donor_fd (the one specified in move_extent structure passed as
+        an argument to this ioctl). Then, exchange inode metadata between
+        orig_fd and donor_fd.  This is especially useful for online
+        defragmentation, because the allocator has the opportunity to allocate
+        moved blocks better, ideally into one contiguous extent.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_GROUP_ADD
+        Add a new group descriptor to an existing or new group descriptor
+        block. The new group descriptor is described by ext4_new_group_input
+        structure, which is passed as an argument to this ioctl. This is
+        especially useful in conjunction with EXT4_IOC_GROUP_EXTEND, which
+        allows online resize of the filesystem to the end of the last existing
+        block group.  Those two ioctls combined is used in userspace online
+        resize tool (e.g. resize2fs).
+
+  EXT4_IOC_MIGRATE
+        This ioctl operates on the filesystem itself.  It converts (migrates)
+        ext3 indirect block mapped inode to ext4 extent mapped inode by walking
+        through indirect block mapping of the original inode and converting
+        contiguous block ranges into ext4 extents of the temporary inode. Then,
+        inodes are swapped. This ioctl might help, when migrating from ext3 to
+        ext4 filesystem, however suggestion is to create fresh ext4 filesystem
+        and copy data from the backup. Note, that filesystem has to support
+        extents for this ioctl to work.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_ALLOC_DA_BLKS
+        Force all of the delay allocated blocks to be allocated to preserve
+        application-expected ext3 behaviour. Note that this will also start
+        triggering a write of the data blocks, but this behaviour may change in
+        the future as it is not necessary and has been done this way only for
+        sake of simplicity.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_RESIZE_FS
+        Resize the filesystem to a new size.  The number of blocks of resized
+        filesystem is passed in via 64 bit integer argument.  The kernel
+        allocates bitmaps and inode table, the userspace tool thus just passes
+        the new number of blocks.
+
+  EXT4_IOC_SWAP_BOOT
+        Swap i_blocks and associated attributes (like i_blocks, i_size,
+        i_flags, ...) from the specified inode with inode EXT4_BOOT_LOADER_INO
+        (#5). This is typically used to store a boot loader in a secure part of
+        the filesystem, where it can't be changed by a normal user by accident.
+        The data blocks of the previous boot loader will be associated with the
+        given inode.
+
+References
+==========
+
+kernel source:	<file:fs/ext4/>
+		<file:fs/jbd2/>
+
+programs:	http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/
+
+useful links:	http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/ext3-devel
+		http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/
+		http://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page
+		http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Features/Ext4
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index 0873685..965745d 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@
    java
    ras
    bcache
+   ext4
    pm/index
    thunderbolt
    LSM/index
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 6d380890..aefd358 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -856,7 +856,8 @@
 			causing system reset or hang due to sending
 			INIT from AP to BSP.
 
-	disable_counter_freezing [HW]
+	perf_v4_pmi=	[X86,INTEL]
+			Format: <bool>
 			Disable Intel PMU counter freezing feature.
 			The feature only exists starting from
 			Arch Perfmon v4 (Skylake and newer).
@@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@
 			earlyprintk=serial[,0x...[,baudrate]]
 			earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate]
 			earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#]
-			earlyprintk=pciserial,bus:device.function[,baudrate]
+			earlyprintk=pciserial[,force],bus:device.function[,baudrate]
 			earlyprintk=xdbc[xhciController#]
 
 			earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before
@@ -1100,6 +1101,10 @@
 
 			The sclp output can only be used on s390.
 
+			The optional "force" to "pciserial" enables use of a
+			PCI device even when its classcode is not of the
+			UART class.
+
 	edac_report=	[HW,EDAC] Control how to report EDAC event
 			Format: {"on" | "off" | "force"}
 			on: enable EDAC to report H/W event. May be overridden
@@ -1759,12 +1764,24 @@
 		nobypass	[PPC/POWERNV]
 			Disable IOMMU bypass, using IOMMU for PCI devices.
 
+	iommu.strict=	[ARM64] Configure TLB invalidation behaviour
+			Format: { "0" | "1" }
+			0 - Lazy mode.
+			  Request that DMA unmap operations use deferred
+			  invalidation of hardware TLBs, for increased
+			  throughput at the cost of reduced device isolation.
+			  Will fall back to strict mode if not supported by
+			  the relevant IOMMU driver.
+			1 - Strict mode (default).
+			  DMA unmap operations invalidate IOMMU hardware TLBs
+			  synchronously.
+
 	iommu.passthrough=
 			[ARM64] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
 			Format: { "0" | "1" }
 			0 - Use IOMMU translation for DMA.
 			1 - Bypass the IOMMU for DMA.
-			unset - Use IOMMU translation for DMA.
+			unset - Use value of CONFIG_IOMMU_DEFAULT_PASSTHROUGH.
 
 	io7=		[HW] IO7 for Marvel based alpha systems
 			See comment before marvel_specify_io7 in
@@ -2284,6 +2301,8 @@
 	ltpc=		[NET]
 			Format: <io>,<irq>,<dma>
 
+	lsm.debug	[SECURITY] Enable LSM initialization debugging output.
+
 	machvec=	[IA-64] Force the use of a particular machine-vector
 			(machvec) in a generic kernel.
 			Example: machvec=hpzx1_swiotlb
@@ -2414,7 +2433,7 @@
 			seconds.  Use this parameter to check at some
 			other rate.  0 disables periodic checking.
 
-	memtest=	[KNL,X86,ARM] Enable memtest
+	memtest=	[KNL,X86,ARM,PPC] Enable memtest
 			Format: <integer>
 			default : 0 <disable>
 			Specifies the number of memtest passes to be
@@ -3486,6 +3505,10 @@
 			before loading.
 			See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
 
+	psi=		[KNL] Enable or disable pressure stall information
+			tracking.
+			Format: <bool>
+
 	psmouse.proto=	[HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to
 			probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any).
 	psmouse.rate=	[HW,MOUSE] Set desired mouse report rate, in reports
@@ -4176,9 +4199,13 @@
 
 	spectre_v2=	[X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2
 			(indirect branch speculation) vulnerability.
+			The default operation protects the kernel from
+			user space attacks.
 
-			on   - unconditionally enable
-			off  - unconditionally disable
+			on   - unconditionally enable, implies
+			       spectre_v2_user=on
+			off  - unconditionally disable, implies
+			       spectre_v2_user=off
 			auto - kernel detects whether your CPU model is
 			       vulnerable
 
@@ -4188,6 +4215,12 @@
 			CONFIG_RETPOLINE configuration option, and the
 			compiler with which the kernel was built.
 
+			Selecting 'on' will also enable the mitigation
+			against user space to user space task attacks.
+
+			Selecting 'off' will disable both the kernel and
+			the user space protections.
+
 			Specific mitigations can also be selected manually:
 
 			retpoline	  - replace indirect branches
@@ -4197,6 +4230,48 @@
 			Not specifying this option is equivalent to
 			spectre_v2=auto.
 
+	spectre_v2_user=
+			[X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2
+		        (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability between
+		        user space tasks
+
+			on	- Unconditionally enable mitigations. Is
+				  enforced by spectre_v2=on
+
+			off     - Unconditionally disable mitigations. Is
+				  enforced by spectre_v2=off
+
+			prctl   - Indirect branch speculation is enabled,
+				  but mitigation can be enabled via prctl
+				  per thread.  The mitigation control state
+				  is inherited on fork.
+
+			prctl,ibpb
+				- Like "prctl" above, but only STIBP is
+				  controlled per thread. IBPB is issued
+				  always when switching between different user
+				  space processes.
+
+			seccomp
+				- Same as "prctl" above, but all seccomp
+				  threads will enable the mitigation unless
+				  they explicitly opt out.
+
+			seccomp,ibpb
+				- Like "seccomp" above, but only STIBP is
+				  controlled per thread. IBPB is issued
+				  always when switching between different
+				  user space processes.
+
+			auto    - Kernel selects the mitigation depending on
+				  the available CPU features and vulnerability.
+
+			Default mitigation:
+			If CONFIG_SECCOMP=y then "seccomp", otherwise "prctl"
+
+			Not specifying this option is equivalent to
+			spectre_v2_user=auto.
+
 	spec_store_bypass_disable=
 			[HW] Control Speculative Store Bypass (SSB) Disable mitigation
 			(Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability)
@@ -4621,7 +4696,8 @@
 
 	usbcore.old_scheme_first=
 			[USB] Start with the old device initialization
-			scheme (default 0 = off).
+			scheme,  applies only to low and full-speed devices
+			 (default 0 = off).
 
 	usbcore.usbfs_memory_mb=
 			[USB] Memory limit (in MB) for buffers allocated by
@@ -4694,6 +4770,8 @@
 					prevent spurious wakeup);
 				n = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_CTRL_MSG (Device needs a
 					pause after every control message);
+				o = USB_QUIRK_HUB_SLOW_RESET (Hub needs extra
+					delay after resetting its port);
 			Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij
 
 	usbhid.mousepoll=
@@ -4836,6 +4914,18 @@
 			This is actually a boot loader parameter; the value is
 			passed to the kernel using a special protocol.
 
+	vm_debug[=options]	[KNL] Available with CONFIG_DEBUG_VM=y.
+			May slow down system boot speed, especially when
+			enabled on systems with a large amount of memory.
+			All options are enabled by default, and this
+			interface is meant to allow for selectively
+			enabling or disabling specific virtual memory
+			debugging features.
+
+			Available options are:
+			  P	Enable page structure init time poisoning
+			  -	Disable all of the above options
+
 	vmalloc=nn[KMG]	[KNL,BOOT] Forces the vmalloc area to have an exact
 			size of <nn>. This can be used to increase the
 			minimum size (128MB on x86). It can also be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
index bae52b84..b85dd80 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
 the bare metal hypervisor, the nested hypervisor and the nested virtual
 machine.  VMENTER operations from the nested hypervisor into the nested
 guest will always be processed by the bare metal hypervisor. If KVM is the
-bare metal hypervisor it wiil:
+bare metal hypervisor it will:
 
  - Flush the L1D cache on every switch from the nested hypervisor to the
    nested virtual machine, so that the nested hypervisor's secrets are not
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst
index ceead68..8edb35f 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
    hugetlbpage
    idle_page_tracking
    ksm
+   memory-hotplug
    numa_memory_policy
    pagemap
    soft-dirty
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c4432c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+.. _admin_guide_memory_hotplug:
+
+==============
+Memory Hotplug
+==============
+
+:Created:							Jul 28 2007
+:Updated: Add some details about locking internals:		Aug 20 2018
+
+This document is about memory hotplug including how-to-use and current status.
+Because Memory Hotplug is still under development, contents of this text will
+be changed often.
+
+.. contents:: :local:
+
+.. note::
+
+    (1) x86_64's has special implementation for memory hotplug.
+        This text does not describe it.
+    (2) This text assumes that sysfs is mounted at ``/sys``.
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Purpose of memory hotplug
+-------------------------
+
+Memory Hotplug allows users to increase/decrease the amount of memory.
+Generally, there are two purposes.
+
+(A) For changing the amount of memory.
+    This is to allow a feature like capacity on demand.
+(B) For installing/removing DIMMs or NUMA-nodes physically.
+    This is to exchange DIMMs/NUMA-nodes, reduce power consumption, etc.
+
+(A) is required by highly virtualized environments and (B) is required by
+hardware which supports memory power management.
+
+Linux memory hotplug is designed for both purpose.
+
+Phases of memory hotplug
+------------------------
+
+There are 2 phases in Memory Hotplug:
+
+  1) Physical Memory Hotplug phase
+  2) Logical Memory Hotplug phase.
+
+The First phase is to communicate hardware/firmware and make/erase
+environment for hotplugged memory. Basically, this phase is necessary
+for the purpose (B), but this is good phase for communication between
+highly virtualized environments too.
+
+When memory is hotplugged, the kernel recognizes new memory, makes new memory
+management tables, and makes sysfs files for new memory's operation.
+
+If firmware supports notification of connection of new memory to OS,
+this phase is triggered automatically. ACPI can notify this event. If not,
+"probe" operation by system administration is used instead.
+(see :ref:`memory_hotplug_physical_mem`).
+
+Logical Memory Hotplug phase is to change memory state into
+available/unavailable for users. Amount of memory from user's view is
+changed by this phase. The kernel makes all memory in it as free pages
+when a memory range is available.
+
+In this document, this phase is described as online/offline.
+
+Logical Memory Hotplug phase is triggered by write of sysfs file by system
+administrator. For the hot-add case, it must be executed after Physical Hotplug
+phase by hand.
+(However, if you writes udev's hotplug scripts for memory hotplug, these
+phases can be execute in seamless way.)
+
+Unit of Memory online/offline operation
+---------------------------------------
+
+Memory hotplug uses SPARSEMEM memory model which allows memory to be divided
+into chunks of the same size. These chunks are called "sections". The size of
+a memory section is architecture dependent. For example, power uses 16MiB, ia64
+uses 1GiB.
+
+Memory sections are combined into chunks referred to as "memory blocks". The
+size of a memory block is architecture dependent and represents the logical
+unit upon which memory online/offline operations are to be performed. The
+default size of a memory block is the same as memory section size unless an
+architecture specifies otherwise. (see :ref:`memory_hotplug_sysfs_files`.)
+
+To determine the size (in bytes) of a memory block please read this file::
+
+  /sys/devices/system/memory/block_size_bytes
+
+Kernel Configuration
+====================
+
+To use memory hotplug feature, kernel must be compiled with following
+config options.
+
+- For all memory hotplug:
+    - Memory model -> Sparse Memory  (``CONFIG_SPARSEMEM``)
+    - Allow for memory hot-add       (``CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG``)
+
+- To enable memory removal, the following are also necessary:
+    - Allow for memory hot remove    (``CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTREMOVE``)
+    - Page Migration                 (``CONFIG_MIGRATION``)
+
+- For ACPI memory hotplug, the following are also necessary:
+    - Memory hotplug (under ACPI Support menu) (``CONFIG_ACPI_HOTPLUG_MEMORY``)
+    - This option can be kernel module.
+
+- As a related configuration, if your box has a feature of NUMA-node hotplug
+  via ACPI, then this option is necessary too.
+
+    - ACPI0004,PNP0A05 and PNP0A06 Container Driver (under ACPI Support menu)
+      (``CONFIG_ACPI_CONTAINER``).
+
+     This option can be kernel module too.
+
+
+.. _memory_hotplug_sysfs_files:
+
+sysfs files for memory hotplug
+==============================
+
+All memory blocks have their device information in sysfs.  Each memory block
+is described under ``/sys/devices/system/memory`` as::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX
+
+where XXX is the memory block id.
+
+For the memory block covered by the sysfs directory.  It is expected that all
+memory sections in this range are present and no memory holes exist in the
+range. Currently there is no way to determine if there is a memory hole, but
+the existence of one should not affect the hotplug capabilities of the memory
+block.
+
+For example, assume 1GiB memory block size. A device for a memory starting at
+0x100000000 is ``/sys/device/system/memory/memory4``::
+
+	(0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4)
+
+This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000)
+
+Under each memory block, you can see 5 files:
+
+- ``/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_index``
+- ``/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device``
+- ``/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state``
+- ``/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/removable``
+- ``/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/valid_zones``
+
+=================== ============================================================
+``phys_index``      read-only and contains memory block id, same as XXX.
+``state``           read-write
+
+                    - at read:  contains online/offline state of memory.
+                    - at write: user can specify "online_kernel",
+
+                    "online_movable", "online", "offline" command
+                    which will be performed on all sections in the block.
+``phys_device``     read-only: designed to show the name of physical memory
+                    device.  This is not well implemented now.
+``removable``       read-only: contains an integer value indicating
+                    whether the memory block is removable or not
+                    removable.  A value of 1 indicates that the memory
+                    block is removable and a value of 0 indicates that
+                    it is not removable. A memory block is removable only if
+                    every section in the block is removable.
+``valid_zones``     read-only: designed to show which zones this memory block
+		    can be onlined to.
+
+		    The first column shows it`s default zone.
+
+		    "memory6/valid_zones: Normal Movable" shows this memoryblock
+		    can be onlined to ZONE_NORMAL by default and to ZONE_MOVABLE
+		    by online_movable.
+
+		    "memory7/valid_zones: Movable Normal" shows this memoryblock
+		    can be onlined to ZONE_MOVABLE by default and to ZONE_NORMAL
+		    by online_kernel.
+=================== ============================================================
+
+.. note::
+
+  These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase.
+
+If CONFIG_NUMA is enabled the memoryXXX/ directories can also be accessed
+via symbolic links located in the ``/sys/devices/system/node/node*`` directories.
+
+For example::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
+
+A backlink will also be created::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+.. _memory_hotplug_physical_mem:
+
+Physical memory hot-add phase
+=============================
+
+Hardware(Firmware) Support
+--------------------------
+
+On x86_64/ia64 platform, memory hotplug by ACPI is supported.
+
+In general, the firmware (ACPI) which supports memory hotplug defines
+memory class object of _HID "PNP0C80". When a notify is asserted to PNP0C80,
+Linux's ACPI handler does hot-add memory to the system and calls a hotplug udev
+script. This will be done automatically.
+
+But scripts for memory hotplug are not contained in generic udev package(now).
+You may have to write it by yourself or online/offline memory by hand.
+Please see :ref:`memory_hotplug_how_to_online_memory` and
+:ref:`memory_hotplug_how_to_offline_memory`.
+
+If firmware supports NUMA-node hotplug, and defines an object _HID "ACPI0004",
+"PNP0A05", or "PNP0A06", notification is asserted to it, and ACPI handler
+calls hotplug code for all of objects which are defined in it.
+If memory device is found, memory hotplug code will be called.
+
+Notify memory hot-add event by hand
+-----------------------------------
+
+On some architectures, the firmware may not notify the kernel of a memory
+hotplug event.  Therefore, the memory "probe" interface is supported to
+explicitly notify the kernel.  This interface depends on
+CONFIG_ARCH_MEMORY_PROBE and can be configured on powerpc, sh, and x86
+if hotplug is supported, although for x86 this should be handled by ACPI
+notification.
+
+Probe interface is located at::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/memory/probe
+
+You can tell the physical address of new memory to the kernel by::
+
+	% echo start_address_of_new_memory > /sys/devices/system/memory/probe
+
+Then, [start_address_of_new_memory, start_address_of_new_memory +
+memory_block_size] memory range is hot-added. In this case, hotplug script is
+not called (in current implementation). You'll have to online memory by
+yourself.  Please see :ref:`memory_hotplug_how_to_online_memory`.
+
+Logical Memory hot-add phase
+============================
+
+State of memory
+---------------
+
+To see (online/offline) state of a memory block, read 'state' file::
+
+	% cat /sys/device/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
+
+
+- If the memory block is online, you'll read "online".
+- If the memory block is offline, you'll read "offline".
+
+
+.. _memory_hotplug_how_to_online_memory:
+
+How to online memory
+--------------------
+
+When the memory is hot-added, the kernel decides whether or not to "online"
+it according to the policy which can be read from "auto_online_blocks" file::
+
+	% cat /sys/devices/system/memory/auto_online_blocks
+
+The default depends on the CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG_DEFAULT_ONLINE kernel config
+option. If it is disabled the default is "offline" which means the newly added
+memory is not in a ready-to-use state and you have to "online" the newly added
+memory blocks manually. Automatic onlining can be requested by writing "online"
+to "auto_online_blocks" file::
+
+	% echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/auto_online_blocks
+
+This sets a global policy and impacts all memory blocks that will subsequently
+be hotplugged. Currently offline blocks keep their state. It is possible, under
+certain circumstances, that some memory blocks will be added but will fail to
+online. User space tools can check their "state" files
+(``/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state``) and try to online them manually.
+
+If the automatic onlining wasn't requested, failed, or some memory block was
+offlined it is possible to change the individual block's state by writing to the
+"state" file::
+
+	% echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
+
+This onlining will not change the ZONE type of the target memory block,
+If the memory block doesn't belong to any zone an appropriate kernel zone
+(usually ZONE_NORMAL) will be used unless movable_node kernel command line
+option is specified when ZONE_MOVABLE will be used.
+
+You can explicitly request to associate it with ZONE_MOVABLE by::
+
+	% echo online_movable > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
+
+.. note:: current limit: this memory block must be adjacent to ZONE_MOVABLE
+
+Or you can explicitly request a kernel zone (usually ZONE_NORMAL) by::
+
+	% echo online_kernel > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
+
+.. note:: current limit: this memory block must be adjacent to ZONE_NORMAL
+
+An explicit zone onlining can fail (e.g. when the range is already within
+and existing and incompatible zone already).
+
+After this, memory block XXX's state will be 'online' and the amount of
+available memory will be increased.
+
+This may be changed in future.
+
+Logical memory remove
+=====================
+
+Memory offline and ZONE_MOVABLE
+-------------------------------
+
+Memory offlining is more complicated than memory online. Because memory offline
+has to make the whole memory block be unused, memory offline can fail if
+the memory block includes memory which cannot be freed.
+
+In general, memory offline can use 2 techniques.
+
+(1) reclaim and free all memory in the memory block.
+(2) migrate all pages in the memory block.
+
+In the current implementation, Linux's memory offline uses method (2), freeing
+all  pages in the memory block by page migration. But not all pages are
+migratable. Under current Linux, migratable pages are anonymous pages and
+page caches. For offlining a memory block by migration, the kernel has to
+guarantee that the memory block contains only migratable pages.
+
+Now, a boot option for making a memory block which consists of migratable pages
+is supported. By specifying "kernelcore=" or "movablecore=" boot option, you can
+create ZONE_MOVABLE...a zone which is just used for movable pages.
+(See also Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst)
+
+Assume the system has "TOTAL" amount of memory at boot time, this boot option
+creates ZONE_MOVABLE as following.
+
+1) When kernelcore=YYYY boot option is used,
+   Size of memory not for movable pages (not for offline) is YYYY.
+   Size of memory for movable pages (for offline) is TOTAL-YYYY.
+
+2) When movablecore=ZZZZ boot option is used,
+   Size of memory not for movable pages (not for offline) is TOTAL - ZZZZ.
+   Size of memory for movable pages (for offline) is ZZZZ.
+
+.. note::
+
+   Unfortunately, there is no information to show which memory block belongs
+   to ZONE_MOVABLE. This is TBD.
+
+.. _memory_hotplug_how_to_offline_memory:
+
+How to offline memory
+---------------------
+
+You can offline a memory block by using the same sysfs interface that was used
+in memory onlining::
+
+	% echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
+
+If offline succeeds, the state of the memory block is changed to be "offline".
+If it fails, some error core (like -EBUSY) will be returned by the kernel.
+Even if a memory block does not belong to ZONE_MOVABLE, you can try to offline
+it.  If it doesn't contain 'unmovable' memory, you'll get success.
+
+A memory block under ZONE_MOVABLE is considered to be able to be offlined
+easily.  But under some busy state, it may return -EBUSY. Even if a memory
+block cannot be offlined due to -EBUSY, you can retry offlining it and may be
+able to offline it (or not). (For example, a page is referred to by some kernel
+internal call and released soon.)
+
+Consideration:
+  Memory hotplug's design direction is to make the possibility of memory
+  offlining higher and to guarantee unplugging memory under any situation. But
+  it needs more work. Returning -EBUSY under some situation may be good because
+  the user can decide to retry more or not by himself. Currently, memory
+  offlining code does some amount of retry with 120 seconds timeout.
+
+Physical memory remove
+======================
+
+Need more implementation yet....
+ - Notification completion of remove works by OS to firmware.
+ - Guard from remove if not yet.
+
+
+Locking Internals
+=================
+
+When adding/removing memory that uses memory block devices (i.e. ordinary RAM),
+the device_hotplug_lock should be held to:
+
+- synchronize against online/offline requests (e.g. via sysfs). This way, memory
+  block devices can only be accessed (.online/.state attributes) by user
+  space once memory has been fully added. And when removing memory, we
+  know nobody is in critical sections.
+- synchronize against CPU hotplug and similar (e.g. relevant for ACPI and PPC)
+
+Especially, there is a possible lock inversion that is avoided using
+device_hotplug_lock when adding memory and user space tries to online that
+memory faster than expected:
+
+- device_online() will first take the device_lock(), followed by
+  mem_hotplug_lock
+- add_memory_resource() will first take the mem_hotplug_lock, followed by
+  the device_lock() (while creating the devices, during bus_add_device()).
+
+As the device is visible to user space before taking the device_lock(), this
+can result in a lock inversion.
+
+onlining/offlining of memory should be done via device_online()/
+device_offline() - to make sure it is properly synchronized to actions
+via sysfs. Holding device_hotplug_lock is advised (to e.g. protect online_type)
+
+When adding/removing/onlining/offlining memory or adding/removing
+heterogeneous/device memory, we should always hold the mem_hotplug_lock in
+write mode to serialise memory hotplug (e.g. access to global/zone
+variables).
+
+In addition, mem_hotplug_lock (in contrast to device_hotplug_lock) in read
+mode allows for a quite efficient get_online_mems/put_online_mems
+implementation, so code accessing memory can protect from that memory
+vanishing.
+
+
+Future Work
+===========
+
+  - allowing memory hot-add to ZONE_MOVABLE. maybe we need some switch like
+    sysctl or new control file.
+  - showing memory block and physical device relationship.
+  - test and make it better memory offlining.
+  - support HugeTLB page migration and offlining.
+  - memmap removing at memory offline.
+  - physical remove memory.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
index 47153e6..7eca902 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 a governor ``sysfs`` interface to it.  Next, the governor is started by
 invoking its ``->start()`` callback.
 
-That callback it expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for
+That callback is expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for
 all of the online CPUs belonging to the given policy with the CPU scheduler.
 The utilization update callbacks will be invoked by the CPU scheduler on
 important events, like task enqueue and dequeue, on every iteration of the
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
index 30491d9..30187d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
@@ -26,23 +26,35 @@
 be released without consent from the reporter unless it has already been
 made public.
 
-Disclosure
-----------
+Disclosure and embargoed information
+------------------------------------
 
-The goal of the Linux kernel security team is to work with the bug
-submitter to understand and fix the bug.  We prefer to publish the fix as
-soon as possible, but try to avoid public discussion of the bug itself
-and leave that to others.
+The security list is not a disclosure channel.  For that, see Coordination
+below.
 
-Publishing the fix may be delayed when the bug or the fix is not yet
-fully understood, the solution is not well-tested or for vendor
-coordination.  However, we expect these delays to be short, measurable in
-days, not weeks or months.  A release date is negotiated by the security
-team working with the bug submitter as well as vendors.  However, the
-kernel security team holds the final say when setting a timeframe.  The
-timeframe varies from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known bug)
-to a few weeks.  As a basic default policy, we expect report date to
-release date to be on the order of 7 days.
+Once a robust fix has been developed, the release process starts.  Fixes
+for publicly known bugs are released immediately.
+
+Although our preference is to release fixes for publicly undisclosed bugs
+as soon as they become available, this may be postponed at the request of
+the reporter or an affected party for up to 7 calendar days from the start
+of the release process, with an exceptional extension to 14 calendar days
+if it is agreed that the criticality of the bug requires more time.  The
+only valid reason for deferring the publication of a fix is to accommodate
+the logistics of QA and large scale rollouts which require release
+coordination.
+
+Whilst embargoed information may be shared with trusted individuals in
+order to develop a fix, such information will not be published alongside
+the fix or on any other disclosure channel without the permission of the
+reporter.  This includes but is not limited to the original bug report
+and followup discussions (if any), exploits, CVE information or the
+identity of the reporter.
+
+In other words our only interest is in getting bugs fixed.  All other
+information submitted to the security list and any followup discussions
+of the report are treated confidentially even after the embargo has been
+lifted, in perpetuity.
 
 Coordination
 ------------
@@ -68,7 +80,7 @@
 assigned ahead of public disclosure, they will need to contact the private
 linux-distros list, described above. When such a CVE identifier is known
 before a patch is provided, it is desirable to mention it in the commit
-message, though.
+message if the reporter agrees.
 
 Non-disclosure agreements
 -------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index b6e69fd..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- this file
-Booting
-	- requirements for booting
-CCN.txt
-	- Cache Coherent Network ring-bus and perf PMU driver.
-Interrupts
-	- ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation
-IXP4xx
-	- Intel IXP4xx Network processor.
-Netwinder
-	- Netwinder specific documentation
-Porting
-       - Symbol definitions for porting Linux to a new ARM machine.
-Setup
-       - Kernel initialization parameters on ARM Linux
-README
-	- General ARM documentation
-SA1100/
-	- SA1100 documentation
-Samsung-S3C24XX/
-	- S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview
-SPEAr/
-	- ST SPEAr platform Linux Overview
-VFP/
-	- Release notes for Linux Kernel Vector Floating Point support code
-cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt
-	- Algorithm for CPU and Cluster setup/teardown
-empeg/
-	- Ltd's Empeg MP3 Car Audio Player
-firmware.txt
-	- Secure firmware registration and calling.
-kernel_mode_neon.txt
-	- How to use NEON instructions in kernel mode
-kernel_user_helpers.txt
-	- Helper functions in kernel space made available for userspace.
-mem_alignment
-	- alignment abort handler documentation
-memory.txt
-	- description of the virtual memory layout
-nwfpe/
-	- NWFPE floating point emulator documentation
-swp_emulation
-	- SWP/SWPB emulation handler/logging description
-tcm.txt
-	- ARM Tightly Coupled Memory
-uefi.txt
-	- [U]EFI configuration and runtime services documentation
-vlocks.txt
-	- Voting locks, low-level mechanism relying on memory system atomic writes.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
index ed494ac..d17ed51 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 0x20          0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie)                    AFTR
 0x24          exynos_cpu_resume_ns                         AFTR
 0x28 + 4*cpu  0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250)               AFTR
+0x28          0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
 
 
 2. Secure mode
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
index 76ccded..8f95776 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@
 | ARM            | Cortex-A73      | #858921         | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921        |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A55      | #1024718        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718       |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A76      | #1188873        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1188873       |
+| ARM            | Cortex-A76      | #1286807        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1286807       |
 | ARM            | MMU-500         | #841119,#826419 | N/A                         |
 |                |                 |                 |                             |
 | Cavium         | ThunderX ITS    | #22375, #24313  | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375        |
diff --git a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d55b4b..0000000
--- a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- This file
-bfq-iosched.txt
-	- BFQ IO scheduler and its tunables
-biodoc.txt
-	- Notes on the Generic Block Layer Rewrite in Linux 2.5
-biovecs.txt
-	- Immutable biovecs and biovec iterators
-capability.txt
-	- Generic Block Device Capability (/sys/block/<device>/capability)
-cfq-iosched.txt
-	- CFQ IO scheduler tunables
-cmdline-partition.txt
-	- how to specify block device partitions on kernel command line
-data-integrity.txt
-	- Block data integrity
-deadline-iosched.txt
-	- Deadline IO scheduler tunables
-ioprio.txt
-	- Block io priorities (in CFQ scheduler)
-pr.txt
-	- Block layer support for Persistent Reservations
-null_blk.txt
-	- Null block for block-layer benchmarking.
-queue-sysfs.txt
-	- Queue's sysfs entries
-request.txt
-	- The members of struct request (in include/linux/blkdev.h)
-stat.txt
-	- Block layer statistics in /sys/block/<device>/stat
-switching-sched.txt
-	- Switching I/O schedulers at runtime
-writeback_cache_control.txt
-	- Control of volatile write back caches
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index c08df56..0000000
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- this file
-README.DAC960
-	- info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux.
-cciss.txt
-	- info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.
-cpqarray.txt
-	- info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
-floppy.txt
-	- notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver.
-mflash.txt
-	- info on mGine m(g)flash driver for linux.
-nbd.txt
-	- info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
-paride.txt
-	- information about the parallel port IDE subsystem.
-ramdisk.txt
-	- short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk.
diff --git a/Documentation/cdrom/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cdrom/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 433edf2..0000000
--- a/Documentation/cdrom/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- this file (info on CD-ROMs and Linux)
-Makefile
-	- only used to generate TeX output from the documentation.
-cdrom-standard.tex
-	- LaTeX document on standardizing the CD-ROM programming interface.
-ide-cd
-	- info on setting up and using ATAPI (aka IDE) CD-ROMs.
-packet-writing.txt
-	- Info on the CDRW packet writing module
-
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 13e0c85..0000000
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- this file
-blkio-controller.txt
-	- Description for Block IO Controller, implementation and usage details.
-cgroups.txt
-	- Control Groups definition, implementation details, examples and API.
-cpuacct.txt
-	- CPU Accounting Controller; account CPU usage for groups of tasks.
-cpusets.txt
-	- documents the cpusets feature; assign CPUs and Mem to a set of tasks.
-admin-guide/devices.rst
-	- Device Whitelist Controller; description, interface and security.
-freezer-subsystem.txt
-	- checkpointing; rationale to not use signals, interface.
-hugetlb.txt
-	- HugeTLB Controller implementation and usage details.
-memcg_test.txt
-	- Memory Resource Controller; implementation details.
-memory.txt
-	- Memory Resource Controller; design, accounting, interface, testing.
-net_cls.txt
-	- Network classifier cgroups details and usages.
-net_prio.txt
-	- Network priority cgroups details and usages.
-pids.txt
-	- Process number cgroups details and usages.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt
index af61817..9bdb7fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 Currently user space applications can easily take away all the rdma verb
 specific resources such as AH, CQ, QP, MR etc. Due to which other applications
 in other cgroup or kernel space ULPs may not even get chance to allocate any
-rdma resources. This can leads to service unavailability.
+rdma resources. This can lead to service unavailability.
 
 Therefore RDMA controller is needed through which resource consumption
 of processes can be limited. Through this controller different rdma
diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py
index b691af4..72647a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/conf.py
+++ b/Documentation/conf.py
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
 'papersize': 'a4paper',
 
 # The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
-'pointsize': '8pt',
+'pointsize': '11pt',
 
 # Latex figure (float) alignment
 #'figure_align': 'htbp',
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@
     'preamble': '''
 	% Use some font with UTF-8 support with XeLaTeX
         \\usepackage{fontspec}
-        \\setsansfont{DejaVu Serif}
-        \\setromanfont{DejaVu Sans}
+        \\setsansfont{DejaVu Sans}
+        \\setromanfont{DejaVu Serif}
         \\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}
 
      '''
@@ -383,6 +383,10 @@
      'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
     ('filesystems/index', 'filesystems.tex', 'Linux Filesystems API',
      'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
+    ('admin-guide/ext4', 'ext4-admin-guide.tex', 'ext4 Administration Guide',
+     'ext4 Community', 'manual'),
+    ('filesystems/ext4/index', 'ext4-data-structures.tex',
+     'ext4 Data Structures and Algorithms', 'ext4 Community', 'manual'),
     ('gpu/index', 'gpu.tex', 'Linux GPU Driver Developer\'s Guide',
      'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
     ('input/index', 'linux-input.tex', 'The Linux input driver subsystem',
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst b/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst
index 03cb164..e5ec9f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst
@@ -5,54 +5,23 @@
 Early system initialization cannot use "normal" memory management
 simply because it is not set up yet. But there is still need to
 allocate memory for various data structures, for instance for the
-physical page allocator. To address this, a specialized allocator
-called the :ref:`Boot Memory Allocator <bootmem>`, or bootmem, was
-introduced. Several years later PowerPC developers added a "Logical
-Memory Blocks" allocator, which was later adopted by other
-architectures and renamed to :ref:`memblock <memblock>`. There is also
-a compatibility layer called `nobootmem` that translates bootmem
-allocation interfaces to memblock calls.
+physical page allocator.
 
-The selection of the early allocator is done using
-``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM`` and ``CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK`` kernel
-configuration options. These options are enabled or disabled
-statically by the architectures' Kconfig files.
-
-* Architectures that rely only on bootmem select
-  ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=n``.
-* The users of memblock with the nobootmem compatibility layer set
-  ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=y && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y``.
-* And for those that use both memblock and bootmem the configuration
-  includes ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y``.
-
-Whichever allocator is used, it is the responsibility of the
-architecture specific initialization to set it up in
-:c:func:`setup_arch` and tear it down in :c:func:`mem_init` functions.
+A specialized allocator called ``memblock`` performs the
+boot time memory management. The architecture specific initialization
+must set it up in :c:func:`setup_arch` and tear it down in
+:c:func:`mem_init` functions.
 
 Once the early memory management is available it offers a variety of
 functions and macros for memory allocations. The allocation request
 may be directed to the first (and probably the only) node or to a
 particular node in a NUMA system. There are API variants that panic
-when an allocation fails and those that don't. And more recent and
-advanced memblock even allows controlling its own behaviour.
+when an allocation fails and those that don't.
 
-.. _bootmem:
+Memblock also offers a variety of APIs that control its own behaviour.
 
-Bootmem
-=======
-
-(mostly stolen from Mel Gorman's "Understanding the Linux Virtual
-Memory Manager" `book`_)
-
-.. _book: https://www.kernel.org/doc/gorman/
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/bootmem.c
-   :doc: bootmem overview
-
-.. _memblock:
-
-Memblock
-========
+Memblock Overview
+=================
 
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/memblock.c
    :doc: memblock overview
@@ -61,26 +30,6 @@
 Functions and structures
 ========================
 
-Common API
-----------
-
-The functions that are described in this section are available
-regardless of what early memory manager is enabled.
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/nobootmem.c
-
-Bootmem specific API
---------------------
-
-These interfaces available only with bootmem, i.e when ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n``
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/bootmem.h
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/bootmem.c
-   :nodocs:
-
-Memblock specific API
----------------------
-
 Here is the description of memblock data structures, functions and
 macros. Some of them are actually internal, but since they are
 documented it would be silly to omit them. Besides, reading the
@@ -89,4 +38,4 @@
 
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/memblock.h
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/memblock.c
-   :nodocs:
+   :functions:
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/gfp_mask-from-fs-io.rst b/Documentation/core-api/gfp_mask-from-fs-io.rst
index e0df8f4..e7c32a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/gfp_mask-from-fs-io.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/gfp_mask-from-fs-io.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. _gfp_mask_from_fs_io:
+
 =================================
 GFP masks used from FS/IO context
 =================================
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
index 26b735c..3adee82 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
@@ -21,16 +21,20 @@
    local_ops
    workqueue
    genericirq
+   xarray
    flexible-arrays
    librs
    genalloc
    errseq
    printk-formats
    circular-buffers
+   memory-allocation
    mm-api
    gfp_mask-from-fs-io
    timekeeping
    boot-time-mm
+   memory-hotplug
+
 
 Interfaces for kernel debugging
 ===============================
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst b/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8bb9aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+=======================
+Memory Allocation Guide
+=======================
+
+Linux provides a variety of APIs for memory allocation. You can
+allocate small chunks using `kmalloc` or `kmem_cache_alloc` families,
+large virtually contiguous areas using `vmalloc` and its derivatives,
+or you can directly request pages from the page allocator with
+`alloc_pages`. It is also possible to use more specialized allocators,
+for instance `cma_alloc` or `zs_malloc`.
+
+Most of the memory allocation APIs use GFP flags to express how that
+memory should be allocated. The GFP acronym stands for "get free
+pages", the underlying memory allocation function.
+
+Diversity of the allocation APIs combined with the numerous GFP flags
+makes the question "How should I allocate memory?" not that easy to
+answer, although very likely you should use
+
+::
+
+  kzalloc(<size>, GFP_KERNEL);
+
+Of course there are cases when other allocation APIs and different GFP
+flags must be used.
+
+Get Free Page flags
+===================
+
+The GFP flags control the allocators behavior. They tell what memory
+zones can be used, how hard the allocator should try to find free
+memory, whether the memory can be accessed by the userspace etc. The
+:ref:`Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst <mm-api-gfp-flags>` provides
+reference documentation for the GFP flags and their combinations and
+here we briefly outline their recommended usage:
+
+  * Most of the time ``GFP_KERNEL`` is what you need. Memory for the
+    kernel data structures, DMAable memory, inode cache, all these and
+    many other allocations types can use ``GFP_KERNEL``. Note, that
+    using ``GFP_KERNEL`` implies ``GFP_RECLAIM``, which means that
+    direct reclaim may be triggered under memory pressure; the calling
+    context must be allowed to sleep.
+  * If the allocation is performed from an atomic context, e.g interrupt
+    handler, use ``GFP_NOWAIT``. This flag prevents direct reclaim and
+    IO or filesystem operations. Consequently, under memory pressure
+    ``GFP_NOWAIT`` allocation is likely to fail. Allocations which
+    have a reasonable fallback should be using ``GFP_NOWARN``.
+  * If you think that accessing memory reserves is justified and the kernel
+    will be stressed unless allocation succeeds, you may use ``GFP_ATOMIC``.
+  * Untrusted allocations triggered from userspace should be a subject
+    of kmem accounting and must have ``__GFP_ACCOUNT`` bit set. There
+    is the handy ``GFP_KERNEL_ACCOUNT`` shortcut for ``GFP_KERNEL``
+    allocations that should be accounted.
+  * Userspace allocations should use either of the ``GFP_USER``,
+    ``GFP_HIGHUSER`` or ``GFP_HIGHUSER_MOVABLE`` flags. The longer
+    the flag name the less restrictive it is.
+
+    ``GFP_HIGHUSER_MOVABLE`` does not require that allocated memory
+    will be directly accessible by the kernel and implies that the
+    data is movable.
+
+    ``GFP_HIGHUSER`` means that the allocated memory is not movable,
+    but it is not required to be directly accessible by the kernel. An
+    example may be a hardware allocation that maps data directly into
+    userspace but has no addressing limitations.
+
+    ``GFP_USER`` means that the allocated memory is not movable and it
+    must be directly accessible by the kernel.
+
+You may notice that quite a few allocations in the existing code
+specify ``GFP_NOIO`` or ``GFP_NOFS``. Historically, they were used to
+prevent recursion deadlocks caused by direct memory reclaim calling
+back into the FS or IO paths and blocking on already held
+resources. Since 4.12 the preferred way to address this issue is to
+use new scope APIs described in
+:ref:`Documentation/core-api/gfp_mask-from-fs-io.rst <gfp_mask_from_fs_io>`.
+
+Other legacy GFP flags are ``GFP_DMA`` and ``GFP_DMA32``. They are
+used to ensure that the allocated memory is accessible by hardware
+with limited addressing capabilities. So unless you are writing a
+driver for a device with such restrictions, avoid using these flags.
+And even with hardware with restrictions it is preferable to use
+`dma_alloc*` APIs.
+
+Selecting memory allocator
+==========================
+
+The most straightforward way to allocate memory is to use a function
+from the :c:func:`kmalloc` family. And, to be on the safe size it's
+best to use routines that set memory to zero, like
+:c:func:`kzalloc`. If you need to allocate memory for an array, there
+are :c:func:`kmalloc_array` and :c:func:`kcalloc` helpers.
+
+The maximal size of a chunk that can be allocated with `kmalloc` is
+limited. The actual limit depends on the hardware and the kernel
+configuration, but it is a good practice to use `kmalloc` for objects
+smaller than page size.
+
+For large allocations you can use :c:func:`vmalloc` and
+:c:func:`vzalloc`, or directly request pages from the page
+allocator. The memory allocated by `vmalloc` and related functions is
+not physically contiguous.
+
+If you are not sure whether the allocation size is too large for
+`kmalloc`, it is possible to use :c:func:`kvmalloc` and its
+derivatives. It will try to allocate memory with `kmalloc` and if the
+allocation fails it will be retried with `vmalloc`. There are
+restrictions on which GFP flags can be used with `kvmalloc`; please
+see :c:func:`kvmalloc_node` reference documentation. Note that
+`kvmalloc` may return memory that is not physically contiguous.
+
+If you need to allocate many identical objects you can use the slab
+cache allocator. The cache should be set up with
+:c:func:`kmem_cache_create` before it can be used. Afterwards
+:c:func:`kmem_cache_alloc` and its convenience wrappers can allocate
+memory from that cache.
+
+When the allocated memory is no longer needed it must be freed. You
+can use :c:func:`kvfree` for the memory allocated with `kmalloc`,
+`vmalloc` and `kvmalloc`. The slab caches should be freed with
+:c:func:`kmem_cache_free`. And don't forget to destroy the cache with
+:c:func:`kmem_cache_destroy`.
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/memory-hotplug.rst b/Documentation/core-api/memory-hotplug.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de7467e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/memory-hotplug.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.. _memory_hotplug:
+
+==============
+Memory hotplug
+==============
+
+Memory hotplug event notifier
+=============================
+
+Hotplugging events are sent to a notification queue.
+
+There are six types of notification defined in ``include/linux/memory.h``:
+
+MEM_GOING_ONLINE
+  Generated before new memory becomes available in order to be able to
+  prepare subsystems to handle memory. The page allocator is still unable
+  to allocate from the new memory.
+
+MEM_CANCEL_ONLINE
+  Generated if MEM_GOING_ONLINE fails.
+
+MEM_ONLINE
+  Generated when memory has successfully brought online. The callback may
+  allocate pages from the new memory.
+
+MEM_GOING_OFFLINE
+  Generated to begin the process of offlining memory. Allocations are no
+  longer possible from the memory but some of the memory to be offlined
+  is still in use. The callback can be used to free memory known to a
+  subsystem from the indicated memory block.
+
+MEM_CANCEL_OFFLINE
+  Generated if MEM_GOING_OFFLINE fails. Memory is available again from
+  the memory block that we attempted to offline.
+
+MEM_OFFLINE
+  Generated after offlining memory is complete.
+
+A callback routine can be registered by calling::
+
+  hotplug_memory_notifier(callback_func, priority)
+
+Callback functions with higher values of priority are called before callback
+functions with lower values.
+
+A callback function must have the following prototype::
+
+  int callback_func(
+    struct notifier_block *self, unsigned long action, void *arg);
+
+The first argument of the callback function (self) is a pointer to the block
+of the notifier chain that points to the callback function itself.
+The second argument (action) is one of the event types described above.
+The third argument (arg) passes a pointer of struct memory_notify::
+
+	struct memory_notify {
+		unsigned long start_pfn;
+		unsigned long nr_pages;
+		int status_change_nid_normal;
+		int status_change_nid_high;
+		int status_change_nid;
+	}
+
+- start_pfn is start_pfn of online/offline memory.
+- nr_pages is # of pages of online/offline memory.
+- status_change_nid_normal is set node id when N_NORMAL_MEMORY of nodemask
+  is (will be) set/clear, if this is -1, then nodemask status is not changed.
+- status_change_nid_high is set node id when N_HIGH_MEMORY of nodemask
+  is (will be) set/clear, if this is -1, then nodemask status is not changed.
+- status_change_nid is set node id when N_MEMORY of nodemask is (will be)
+  set/clear. It means a new(memoryless) node gets new memory by online and a
+  node loses all memory. If this is -1, then nodemask status is not changed.
+
+  If status_changed_nid* >= 0, callback should create/discard structures for the
+  node if necessary.
+
+The callback routine shall return one of the values
+NOTIFY_DONE, NOTIFY_OK, NOTIFY_BAD, NOTIFY_STOP
+defined in ``include/linux/notifier.h``
+
+NOTIFY_DONE and NOTIFY_OK have no effect on the further processing.
+
+NOTIFY_BAD is used as response to the MEM_GOING_ONLINE, MEM_GOING_OFFLINE,
+MEM_ONLINE, or MEM_OFFLINE action to cancel hotplugging. It stops
+further processing of the notification queue.
+
+NOTIFY_STOP stops further processing of the notification queue.
+
+Locking Internals
+=================
+
+When adding/removing memory that uses memory block devices (i.e. ordinary RAM),
+the device_hotplug_lock should be held to:
+
+- synchronize against online/offline requests (e.g. via sysfs). This way, memory
+  block devices can only be accessed (.online/.state attributes) by user
+  space once memory has been fully added. And when removing memory, we
+  know nobody is in critical sections.
+- synchronize against CPU hotplug and similar (e.g. relevant for ACPI and PPC)
+
+Especially, there is a possible lock inversion that is avoided using
+device_hotplug_lock when adding memory and user space tries to online that
+memory faster than expected:
+
+- device_online() will first take the device_lock(), followed by
+  mem_hotplug_lock
+- add_memory_resource() will first take the mem_hotplug_lock, followed by
+  the device_lock() (while creating the devices, during bus_add_device()).
+
+As the device is visible to user space before taking the device_lock(), this
+can result in a lock inversion.
+
+onlining/offlining of memory should be done via device_online()/
+device_offline() - to make sure it is properly synchronized to actions
+via sysfs. Holding device_hotplug_lock is advised (to e.g. protect online_type)
+
+When adding/removing/onlining/offlining memory or adding/removing
+heterogeneous/device memory, we should always hold the mem_hotplug_lock in
+write mode to serialise memory hotplug (e.g. access to global/zone
+variables).
+
+In addition, mem_hotplug_lock (in contrast to device_hotplug_lock) in read
+mode allows for a quite efficient get_online_mems/put_online_mems
+implementation, so code accessing memory can protect from that memory
+vanishing.
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
index 46ae353..5ce1ec1 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c
    :functions: get_user_pages_fast
 
+.. _mm-api-gfp-flags:
+
 Memory Allocation Controls
 ==========================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
index 25dc591..ff48b55 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
@@ -376,15 +376,15 @@
 
 Passed by reference.
 
-kobjects
---------
+Device tree nodes
+-----------------
 
 ::
 
 	%pOF[fnpPcCF]
 
 
-For printing kobject based structs (device nodes). Default behaviour is
+For printing device tree node structures. Default behaviour is
 equivalent to %pOFf.
 
 	- f - device node full_name
@@ -420,9 +420,8 @@
 	%pC	pll1
 	%pCn	pll1
 
-For printing struct clk structures. %pC and %pCn print the name
-(Common Clock Framework) or address (legacy clock framework) of the
-structure.
+For printing struct clk structures. %pC and %pCn print the name of the clock
+(Common Clock Framework) or a unique 32-bit ID (legacy clock framework).
 
 Passed by reference.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst b/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbe96cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+
+======
+XArray
+======
+
+:Author: Matthew Wilcox
+
+Overview
+========
+
+The XArray is an abstract data type which behaves like a very large array
+of pointers.  It meets many of the same needs as a hash or a conventional
+resizable array.  Unlike a hash, it allows you to sensibly go to the
+next or previous entry in a cache-efficient manner.  In contrast to a
+resizable array, there is no need to copy data or change MMU mappings in
+order to grow the array.  It is more memory-efficient, parallelisable
+and cache friendly than a doubly-linked list.  It takes advantage of
+RCU to perform lookups without locking.
+
+The XArray implementation is efficient when the indices used are densely
+clustered; hashing the object and using the hash as the index will not
+perform well.  The XArray is optimised for small indices, but still has
+good performance with large indices.  If your index can be larger than
+``ULONG_MAX`` then the XArray is not the data type for you.  The most
+important user of the XArray is the page cache.
+
+Each non-``NULL`` entry in the array has three bits associated with
+it called marks.  Each mark may be set or cleared independently of
+the others.  You can iterate over entries which are marked.
+
+Normal pointers may be stored in the XArray directly.  They must be 4-byte
+aligned, which is true for any pointer returned from :c:func:`kmalloc` and
+:c:func:`alloc_page`.  It isn't true for arbitrary user-space pointers,
+nor for function pointers.  You can store pointers to statically allocated
+objects, as long as those objects have an alignment of at least 4.
+
+You can also store integers between 0 and ``LONG_MAX`` in the XArray.
+You must first convert it into an entry using :c:func:`xa_mk_value`.
+When you retrieve an entry from the XArray, you can check whether it is
+a value entry by calling :c:func:`xa_is_value`, and convert it back to
+an integer by calling :c:func:`xa_to_value`.
+
+Some users want to store tagged pointers instead of using the marks
+described above.  They can call :c:func:`xa_tag_pointer` to create an
+entry with a tag, :c:func:`xa_untag_pointer` to turn a tagged entry
+back into an untagged pointer and :c:func:`xa_pointer_tag` to retrieve
+the tag of an entry.  Tagged pointers use the same bits that are used
+to distinguish value entries from normal pointers, so each user must
+decide whether they want to store value entries or tagged pointers in
+any particular XArray.
+
+The XArray does not support storing :c:func:`IS_ERR` pointers as some
+conflict with value entries or internal entries.
+
+An unusual feature of the XArray is the ability to create entries which
+occupy a range of indices.  Once stored to, looking up any index in
+the range will return the same entry as looking up any other index in
+the range.  Setting a mark on one index will set it on all of them.
+Storing to any index will store to all of them.  Multi-index entries can
+be explicitly split into smaller entries, or storing ``NULL`` into any
+entry will cause the XArray to forget about the range.
+
+Normal API
+==========
+
+Start by initialising an XArray, either with :c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY`
+for statically allocated XArrays or :c:func:`xa_init` for dynamically
+allocated ones.  A freshly-initialised XArray contains a ``NULL``
+pointer at every index.
+
+You can then set entries using :c:func:`xa_store` and get entries
+using :c:func:`xa_load`.  xa_store will overwrite any entry with the
+new entry and return the previous entry stored at that index.  You can
+use :c:func:`xa_erase` instead of calling :c:func:`xa_store` with a
+``NULL`` entry.  There is no difference between an entry that has never
+been stored to, one that has been erased and one that has most recently
+had ``NULL`` stored to it.
+
+You can conditionally replace an entry at an index by using
+:c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`.  Like :c:func:`cmpxchg`, it will only succeed if
+the entry at that index has the 'old' value.  It also returns the entry
+which was at that index; if it returns the same entry which was passed as
+'old', then :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` succeeded.
+
+If you want to only store a new entry to an index if the current entry
+at that index is ``NULL``, you can use :c:func:`xa_insert` which
+returns ``-EEXIST`` if the entry is not empty.
+
+You can enquire whether a mark is set on an entry by using
+:c:func:`xa_get_mark`.  If the entry is not ``NULL``, you can set a mark
+on it by using :c:func:`xa_set_mark` and remove the mark from an entry by
+calling :c:func:`xa_clear_mark`.  You can ask whether any entry in the
+XArray has a particular mark set by calling :c:func:`xa_marked`.
+
+You can copy entries out of the XArray into a plain array by calling
+:c:func:`xa_extract`.  Or you can iterate over the present entries in
+the XArray by calling :c:func:`xa_for_each`.  You may prefer to use
+:c:func:`xa_find` or :c:func:`xa_find_after` to move to the next present
+entry in the XArray.
+
+Calling :c:func:`xa_store_range` stores the same entry in a range
+of indices.  If you do this, some of the other operations will behave
+in a slightly odd way.  For example, marking the entry at one index
+may result in the entry being marked at some, but not all of the other
+indices.  Storing into one index may result in the entry retrieved by
+some, but not all of the other indices changing.
+
+Sometimes you need to ensure that a subsequent call to :c:func:`xa_store`
+will not need to allocate memory.  The :c:func:`xa_reserve` function
+will store a reserved entry at the indicated index.  Users of the normal
+API will see this entry as containing ``NULL``.  If you do not need to
+use the reserved entry, you can call :c:func:`xa_release` to remove the
+unused entry.  If another user has stored to the entry in the meantime,
+:c:func:`xa_release` will do nothing; if instead you want the entry to
+become ``NULL``, you should use :c:func:`xa_erase`.
+
+If all entries in the array are ``NULL``, the :c:func:`xa_empty` function
+will return ``true``.
+
+Finally, you can remove all entries from an XArray by calling
+:c:func:`xa_destroy`.  If the XArray entries are pointers, you may wish
+to free the entries first.  You can do this by iterating over all present
+entries in the XArray using the :c:func:`xa_for_each` iterator.
+
+Allocating XArrays
+------------------
+
+If you use :c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY_ALLOC` to define the XArray, or
+initialise it by passing ``XA_FLAGS_ALLOC`` to :c:func:`xa_init_flags`,
+the XArray changes to track whether entries are in use or not.
+
+You can call :c:func:`xa_alloc` to store the entry at any unused index
+in the XArray.  If you need to modify the array from interrupt context,
+you can use :c:func:`xa_alloc_bh` or :c:func:`xa_alloc_irq` to disable
+interrupts while allocating the ID.
+
+Using :c:func:`xa_store`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` or :c:func:`xa_insert`
+will mark the entry as being allocated.  Unlike a normal XArray, storing
+``NULL`` will mark the entry as being in use, like :c:func:`xa_reserve`.
+To free an entry, use :c:func:`xa_erase` (or :c:func:`xa_release` if
+you only want to free the entry if it's ``NULL``).
+
+You cannot use ``XA_MARK_0`` with an allocating XArray as this mark
+is used to track whether an entry is free or not.  The other marks are
+available for your use.
+
+Memory allocation
+-----------------
+
+The :c:func:`xa_store`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`, :c:func:`xa_alloc`,
+:c:func:`xa_reserve` and :c:func:`xa_insert` functions take a gfp_t
+parameter in case the XArray needs to allocate memory to store this entry.
+If the entry is being deleted, no memory allocation needs to be performed,
+and the GFP flags specified will be ignored.
+
+It is possible for no memory to be allocatable, particularly if you pass
+a restrictive set of GFP flags.  In that case, the functions return a
+special value which can be turned into an errno using :c:func:`xa_err`.
+If you don't need to know exactly which error occurred, using
+:c:func:`xa_is_err` is slightly more efficient.
+
+Locking
+-------
+
+When using the Normal API, you do not have to worry about locking.
+The XArray uses RCU and an internal spinlock to synchronise access:
+
+No lock needed:
+ * :c:func:`xa_empty`
+ * :c:func:`xa_marked`
+
+Takes RCU read lock:
+ * :c:func:`xa_load`
+ * :c:func:`xa_for_each`
+ * :c:func:`xa_find`
+ * :c:func:`xa_find_after`
+ * :c:func:`xa_extract`
+ * :c:func:`xa_get_mark`
+
+Takes xa_lock internally:
+ * :c:func:`xa_store`
+ * :c:func:`xa_store_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_store_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_insert`
+ * :c:func:`xa_erase`
+ * :c:func:`xa_erase_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_erase_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`
+ * :c:func:`xa_store_range`
+ * :c:func:`xa_alloc`
+ * :c:func:`xa_alloc_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_alloc_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_reserve`
+ * :c:func:`xa_reserve_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_reserve_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_destroy`
+ * :c:func:`xa_set_mark`
+ * :c:func:`xa_clear_mark`
+
+Assumes xa_lock held on entry:
+ * :c:func:`__xa_store`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_insert`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_erase`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_cmpxchg`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_alloc`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_reserve`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_set_mark`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_clear_mark`
+
+If you want to take advantage of the lock to protect the data structures
+that you are storing in the XArray, you can call :c:func:`xa_lock`
+before calling :c:func:`xa_load`, then take a reference count on the
+object you have found before calling :c:func:`xa_unlock`.  This will
+prevent stores from removing the object from the array between looking
+up the object and incrementing the refcount.  You can also use RCU to
+avoid dereferencing freed memory, but an explanation of that is beyond
+the scope of this document.
+
+The XArray does not disable interrupts or softirqs while modifying
+the array.  It is safe to read the XArray from interrupt or softirq
+context as the RCU lock provides enough protection.
+
+If, for example, you want to store entries in the XArray in process
+context and then erase them in softirq context, you can do that this way::
+
+    void foo_init(struct foo *foo)
+    {
+        xa_init_flags(&foo->array, XA_FLAGS_LOCK_BH);
+    }
+
+    int foo_store(struct foo *foo, unsigned long index, void *entry)
+    {
+        int err;
+
+        xa_lock_bh(&foo->array);
+        err = xa_err(__xa_store(&foo->array, index, entry, GFP_KERNEL));
+        if (!err)
+            foo->count++;
+        xa_unlock_bh(&foo->array);
+        return err;
+    }
+
+    /* foo_erase() is only called from softirq context */
+    void foo_erase(struct foo *foo, unsigned long index)
+    {
+        xa_lock(&foo->array);
+        __xa_erase(&foo->array, index);
+        foo->count--;
+        xa_unlock(&foo->array);
+    }
+
+If you are going to modify the XArray from interrupt or softirq context,
+you need to initialise the array using :c:func:`xa_init_flags`, passing
+``XA_FLAGS_LOCK_IRQ`` or ``XA_FLAGS_LOCK_BH``.
+
+The above example also shows a common pattern of wanting to extend the
+coverage of the xa_lock on the store side to protect some statistics
+associated with the array.
+
+Sharing the XArray with interrupt context is also possible, either
+using :c:func:`xa_lock_irqsave` in both the interrupt handler and process
+context, or :c:func:`xa_lock_irq` in process context and :c:func:`xa_lock`
+in the interrupt handler.  Some of the more common patterns have helper
+functions such as :c:func:`xa_store_bh`, :c:func:`xa_store_irq`,
+:c:func:`xa_erase_bh` and :c:func:`xa_erase_irq`.
+
+Sometimes you need to protect access to the XArray with a mutex because
+that lock sits above another mutex in the locking hierarchy.  That does
+not entitle you to use functions like :c:func:`__xa_erase` without taking
+the xa_lock; the xa_lock is used for lockdep validation and will be used
+for other purposes in the future.
+
+The :c:func:`__xa_set_mark` and :c:func:`__xa_clear_mark` functions are also
+available for situations where you look up an entry and want to atomically
+set or clear a mark.  It may be more efficient to use the advanced API
+in this case, as it will save you from walking the tree twice.
+
+Advanced API
+============
+
+The advanced API offers more flexibility and better performance at the
+cost of an interface which can be harder to use and has fewer safeguards.
+No locking is done for you by the advanced API, and you are required
+to use the xa_lock while modifying the array.  You can choose whether
+to use the xa_lock or the RCU lock while doing read-only operations on
+the array.  You can mix advanced and normal operations on the same array;
+indeed the normal API is implemented in terms of the advanced API.  The
+advanced API is only available to modules with a GPL-compatible license.
+
+The advanced API is based around the xa_state.  This is an opaque data
+structure which you declare on the stack using the :c:func:`XA_STATE`
+macro.  This macro initialises the xa_state ready to start walking
+around the XArray.  It is used as a cursor to maintain the position
+in the XArray and let you compose various operations together without
+having to restart from the top every time.
+
+The xa_state is also used to store errors.  You can call
+:c:func:`xas_error` to retrieve the error.  All operations check whether
+the xa_state is in an error state before proceeding, so there's no need
+for you to check for an error after each call; you can make multiple
+calls in succession and only check at a convenient point.  The only
+errors currently generated by the XArray code itself are ``ENOMEM`` and
+``EINVAL``, but it supports arbitrary errors in case you want to call
+:c:func:`xas_set_err` yourself.
+
+If the xa_state is holding an ``ENOMEM`` error, calling :c:func:`xas_nomem`
+will attempt to allocate more memory using the specified gfp flags and
+cache it in the xa_state for the next attempt.  The idea is that you take
+the xa_lock, attempt the operation and drop the lock.  The operation
+attempts to allocate memory while holding the lock, but it is more
+likely to fail.  Once you have dropped the lock, :c:func:`xas_nomem`
+can try harder to allocate more memory.  It will return ``true`` if it
+is worth retrying the operation (i.e. that there was a memory error *and*
+more memory was allocated).  If it has previously allocated memory, and
+that memory wasn't used, and there is no error (or some error that isn't
+``ENOMEM``), then it will free the memory previously allocated.
+
+Internal Entries
+----------------
+
+The XArray reserves some entries for its own purposes.  These are never
+exposed through the normal API, but when using the advanced API, it's
+possible to see them.  Usually the best way to handle them is to pass them
+to :c:func:`xas_retry`, and retry the operation if it returns ``true``.
+
+.. flat-table::
+   :widths: 1 1 6
+
+   * - Name
+     - Test
+     - Usage
+
+   * - Node
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_node`
+     - An XArray node.  May be visible when using a multi-index xa_state.
+
+   * - Sibling
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_sibling`
+     - A non-canonical entry for a multi-index entry.  The value indicates
+       which slot in this node has the canonical entry.
+
+   * - Retry
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_retry`
+     - This entry is currently being modified by a thread which has the
+       xa_lock.  The node containing this entry may be freed at the end
+       of this RCU period.  You should restart the lookup from the head
+       of the array.
+
+   * - Zero
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_zero`
+     - Zero entries appear as ``NULL`` through the Normal API, but occupy
+       an entry in the XArray which can be used to reserve the index for
+       future use.  This is used by allocating XArrays for allocated entries
+       which are ``NULL``.
+
+Other internal entries may be added in the future.  As far as possible, they
+will be handled by :c:func:`xas_retry`.
+
+Additional functionality
+------------------------
+
+The :c:func:`xas_create_range` function allocates all the necessary memory
+to store every entry in a range.  It will set ENOMEM in the xa_state if
+it cannot allocate memory.
+
+You can use :c:func:`xas_init_marks` to reset the marks on an entry
+to their default state.  This is usually all marks clear, unless the
+XArray is marked with ``XA_FLAGS_TRACK_FREE``, in which case mark 0 is set
+and all other marks are clear.  Replacing one entry with another using
+:c:func:`xas_store` will not reset the marks on that entry; if you want
+the marks reset, you should do that explicitly.
+
+The :c:func:`xas_load` will walk the xa_state as close to the entry
+as it can.  If you know the xa_state has already been walked to the
+entry and need to check that the entry hasn't changed, you can use
+:c:func:`xas_reload` to save a function call.
+
+If you need to move to a different index in the XArray, call
+:c:func:`xas_set`.  This resets the cursor to the top of the tree, which
+will generally make the next operation walk the cursor to the desired
+spot in the tree.  If you want to move to the next or previous index,
+call :c:func:`xas_next` or :c:func:`xas_prev`.  Setting the index does
+not walk the cursor around the array so does not require a lock to be
+held, while moving to the next or previous index does.
+
+You can search for the next present entry using :c:func:`xas_find`.  This
+is the equivalent of both :c:func:`xa_find` and :c:func:`xa_find_after`;
+if the cursor has been walked to an entry, then it will find the next
+entry after the one currently referenced.  If not, it will return the
+entry at the index of the xa_state.  Using :c:func:`xas_next_entry` to
+move to the next present entry instead of :c:func:`xas_find` will save
+a function call in the majority of cases at the expense of emitting more
+inline code.
+
+The :c:func:`xas_find_marked` function is similar.  If the xa_state has
+not been walked, it will return the entry at the index of the xa_state,
+if it is marked.  Otherwise, it will return the first marked entry after
+the entry referenced by the xa_state.  The :c:func:`xas_next_marked`
+function is the equivalent of :c:func:`xas_next_entry`.
+
+When iterating over a range of the XArray using :c:func:`xas_for_each`
+or :c:func:`xas_for_each_marked`, it may be necessary to temporarily stop
+the iteration.  The :c:func:`xas_pause` function exists for this purpose.
+After you have done the necessary work and wish to resume, the xa_state
+is in an appropriate state to continue the iteration after the entry
+you last processed.  If you have interrupts disabled while iterating,
+then it is good manners to pause the iteration and reenable interrupts
+every ``XA_CHECK_SCHED`` entries.
+
+The :c:func:`xas_get_mark`, :c:func:`xas_set_mark` and
+:c:func:`xas_clear_mark` functions require the xa_state cursor to have
+been moved to the appropriate location in the xarray; they will do
+nothing if you have called :c:func:`xas_pause` or :c:func:`xas_set`
+immediately before.
+
+You can call :c:func:`xas_set_update` to have a callback function
+called each time the XArray updates a node.  This is used by the page
+cache workingset code to maintain its list of nodes which contain only
+shadow entries.
+
+Multi-Index Entries
+-------------------
+
+The XArray has the ability to tie multiple indices together so that
+operations on one index affect all indices.  For example, storing into
+any index will change the value of the entry retrieved from any index.
+Setting or clearing a mark on any index will set or clear the mark
+on every index that is tied together.  The current implementation
+only allows tying ranges which are aligned powers of two together;
+eg indices 64-127 may be tied together, but 2-6 may not be.  This may
+save substantial quantities of memory; for example tying 512 entries
+together will save over 4kB.
+
+You can create a multi-index entry by using :c:func:`XA_STATE_ORDER`
+or :c:func:`xas_set_order` followed by a call to :c:func:`xas_store`.
+Calling :c:func:`xas_load` with a multi-index xa_state will walk the
+xa_state to the right location in the tree, but the return value is not
+meaningful, potentially being an internal entry or ``NULL`` even when there
+is an entry stored within the range.  Calling :c:func:`xas_find_conflict`
+will return the first entry within the range or ``NULL`` if there are no
+entries in the range.  The :c:func:`xas_for_each_conflict` iterator will
+iterate over every entry which overlaps the specified range.
+
+If :c:func:`xas_load` encounters a multi-index entry, the xa_index
+in the xa_state will not be changed.  When iterating over an XArray
+or calling :c:func:`xas_find`, if the initial index is in the middle
+of a multi-index entry, it will not be altered.  Subsequent calls
+or iterations will move the index to the first index in the range.
+Each entry will only be returned once, no matter how many indices it
+occupies.
+
+Using :c:func:`xas_next` or :c:func:`xas_prev` with a multi-index xa_state
+is not supported.  Using either of these functions on a multi-index entry
+will reveal sibling entries; these should be skipped over by the caller.
+
+Storing ``NULL`` into any index of a multi-index entry will set the entry
+at every index to ``NULL`` and dissolve the tie.  Splitting a multi-index
+entry into entries occupying smaller ranges is not yet supported.
+
+Functions and structures
+========================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/xarray.h
+.. kernel-doc:: lib/xarray.c
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
index a873855..14378ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
@@ -86,9 +86,11 @@
 This will give a fine grained information about all the CPU frequency
 transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, where an entry
 <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the count of number of transitions from 
-Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i is in descending order with increasing rows and 
-Freq_j is in descending order with increasing columns. The output here also 
-contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better readability.
+Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i rows and Freq_j columns follow the sorting order in
+which the driver has provided the frequency table initially to the cpufreq core
+and so can be sorted (ascending or descending) or unsorted.  The output here
+also contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better
+readability.
 
 If the transition table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, reading this will
 return an -EFBIG error.
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
index 5969bf4..8763866 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
@@ -183,6 +183,10 @@
 
 		void (*describe)(const struct key *key, struct seq_file *m);
 		void (*destroy)(void *payload);
+		int (*query)(const struct kernel_pkey_params *params,
+			     struct kernel_pkey_query *info);
+		int (*eds_op)(struct kernel_pkey_params *params,
+			      const void *in, void *out);
 		int (*verify_signature)(const struct key *key,
 					const struct public_key_signature *sig);
 	};
@@ -207,12 +211,22 @@
      asymmetric key will look after freeing the fingerprint and releasing the
      reference on the subtype module.
 
- (3) verify_signature().
+ (3) query().
 
-     Optional.  These are the entry points for the key usage operations.
-     Currently there is only the one defined.  If not set, the caller will be
-     given -ENOTSUPP.  The subtype may do anything it likes to implement an
-     operation, including offloading to hardware.
+     Mandatory.  This is a function for querying the capabilities of a key.
+
+ (4) eds_op().
+
+     Optional.  This is the entry point for the encryption, decryption and
+     signature creation operations (which are distinguished by the operation ID
+     in the parameter struct).  The subtype may do anything it likes to
+     implement an operation, including offloading to hardware.
+
+ (5) verify_signature().
+
+     Optional.  This is the entry point for signature verification.  The
+     subtype may do anything it likes to implement an operation, including
+     offloading to hardware.
 
 
 ==========================
@@ -234,6 +248,8 @@
  - X.509 ASN.1 stream.
  - Pointer to TPM key.
  - Pointer to UEFI key.
+ - PKCS#8 private key [RFC 5208].
+ - PKCS#5 encrypted private key [RFC 2898].
 
 During key instantiation each parser in the list is tried until one doesn't
 return -EBADMSG.
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
index 94f41c2..aa14f05 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
@@ -30,18 +30,29 @@
  - NetBSD
  - FreeBSD
 
-You can get the latest version released from the Coccinelle homepage at
+Some distribution packages are obsolete and it is recommended
+to use the latest version released from the Coccinelle homepage at
 http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
 
-Once you have it, run the following command::
+Or from Github at:
 
-     	./configure
+https://github.com/coccinelle/coccinelle
+
+Once you have it, run the following commands::
+
+        ./autogen
+        ./configure
         make
 
 as a regular user, and install it with::
 
         sudo make install
 
+More detailed installation instructions to build from source can be
+found at:
+
+https://github.com/coccinelle/coccinelle/blob/master/install.txt
+
 Supplemental documentation
 ---------------------------
 
@@ -51,6 +62,10 @@
 
 The wiki documentation always refers to the linux-next version of the script.
 
+For Semantic Patch Language(SmPL) grammar documentation refer to:
+
+http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/documentation.php
+
 Using Coccinelle on the Linux kernel
 ------------------------------------
 
@@ -223,7 +238,7 @@
 proper dir, as such the second rule above would be implied for picking up a
 .cocciconfig when using ``make coccicheck``.
 
-``make coccicheck`` also supports using M= targets.If you do not supply
+``make coccicheck`` also supports using M= targets. If you do not supply
 any M= target, it is assumed you want to target the entire kernel.
 The kernel coccicheck script has::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
index 6f653ac..dad1bb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
  * If a test needs specific kernel config options enabled, add a config file in
    the test directory to enable them.
 
-   e.g: tools/testing/selftests/android/ion/config
+   e.g: tools/testing/selftests/android/config
 
 Test Harness
 ============
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt
index c430307..9f0e247 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt
@@ -33,6 +33,10 @@
 	All write I/O is silently ignored.
 	Read I/O is handled correctly.
 
+  error_writes:
+	All write I/O is failed with an error signalled.
+	Read I/O is handled correctly.
+
   corrupt_bio_byte <Nth_byte> <direction> <value> <flags>:
 	During <down interval>, replace <Nth_byte> of the data of
 	each matching bio with <value>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c4102c..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-Documentation for device trees, a data structure by which bootloaders pass
-hardware layout to Linux in a device-independent manner, simplifying hardware
-probing.  This subsystem is maintained by Grant Likely
-<grant.likely@secretlab.ca> and has a mailing list at
-https://lists.ozlabs.org/listinfo/devicetree-discuss
-
-00-INDEX
-	- this file
-booting-without-of.txt
-	- Booting Linux without Open Firmware, describes history and format of device trees.
-usage-model.txt
-	- How Linux uses DT and what DT aims to solve.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
index f404a4f..d00debe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
@@ -14,75 +14,3 @@
 
 	...
 }
-
-* CPU node:
-
-The Alpine platform includes cortex-a15 cores.
-enable-method: must be "al,alpine-smp" to allow smp  [1]
-
-Example:
-
-cpus {
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	enable-method = "al,alpine-smp";
-
-	cpu@0 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <0>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@1 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <1>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@2 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <2>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@3 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <3>;
-	};
-};
-
-
-* Alpine CPU resume registers
-
-The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after
-reset.
-
-Properties:
-- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume".
-- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-
-Example:
-
-cpu_resume {
-	compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume";
-	reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>;
-};
-
-* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers
-
-The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and
-system fabric, like powering CPUs off.
-
-Properties:
-- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon".
-- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-
-Example:
-
-nb_service {
-        compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon";
-        reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>;
-};
-
-[1] arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
index b5c2b5c..4498292 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
@@ -57,12 +57,17 @@
   Required root node property:
     compatible: "amlogic,a113d", "amlogic,meson-axg";
 
+Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12A S905D2 SoC shall have the following properties:
+  Required root node property:
+    compatible: "amlogic,g12a";
+
 Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC):
 
   - "geniatech,atv1200" (Meson6)
 
   - "minix,neo-x8" (Meson8)
 
+  - "endless,ec100" (Meson8b)
   - "hardkernel,odroid-c1" (Meson8b)
   - "tronfy,mxq" (Meson8b)
 
@@ -101,6 +106,8 @@
 
   - "amlogic,s400" (Meson axg a113d)
 
+  - "amlogic,u200" (Meson g12a s905d2)
+
 Amlogic Meson Firmware registers Interface
 ------------------------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index 31220b5..4bf1b4d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -70,173 +70,3 @@
        - "atmel,samv71q19"
        - "atmel,samv71q20"
        - "atmel,samv71q21"
-
-Chipid required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-chipid"
-- reg : Should contain registers location and length
-
-PIT Timer required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-pit"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the PIT which is the IRQ line
-  shared across all System Controller members.
-
-System Timer (ST) required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
-  shared across all System Controller members.
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-Its subnodes can be:
-- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"
-
-RSTC Reset Controller required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-rstc".
-  <chip> can be "at91sam9260" or "at91sam9g45" or "sama5d3"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-
-Example:
-
-	rstc@fffffd00 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc";
-		reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>;
-	};
-
-RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", "syscon"
-			"atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc",
-			"atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc",
-			"atmel,sama5d3-ddramc",
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-
-Examples:
-
-	ramc0: ramc@ffffe800 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc";
-		reg = <0xffffe800 0x200>;
-	};
-
-SHDWC Shutdown Controller
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-shdwc".
-  <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9rl" or "at91sam9x5".
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-
-optional properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-mode: String, operation mode of the wakeup mode.
-  Supported values are: "none", "high", "low", "any".
-- atmel,wakeup-counter: Counter on Wake-up 0 (between 0x0 and 0xf).
-
-optional at91sam9260 properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
-
-optional at91sam9rl properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
-- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
-
-optional at91sam9x5 properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
-
-Example:
-
-	shdwc@fffffd10 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-shdwc";
-		reg = <0xfffffd10 0x10>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>;
-	};
-
-SHDWC SAMA5D2-Compatible Shutdown Controller
-
-1) shdwc node
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc".
-- reg: should contain registers location and length
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index.
-- #size-cells: should be zero.
-
-optional properties:
-
-- debounce-delay-us: minimum wake-up inputs debouncer period in
-  microseconds. It's usually a board-related property.
-- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up.
-
-The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses.
-
-2) input nodes
-
-Wake-up input nodes are usually described in the "board" part of the Device
-Tree. Note also that input 0 is linked to the wake-up pin and is frequently
-used.
-
-Required properties:
-- reg: should contain the wake-up input index [0 - 15].
-
-Optional properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-active-high: boolean, the corresponding wake-up input described
-  by the child, forces the wake-up of the core power supply on a high level.
-  The default is to be active low.
-
-Example:
-
-On the SoC side:
-	shdwc@f8048010 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc";
-		reg = <0xf8048010 0x10>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer;
-	};
-
-On the board side:
-	shdwc@f8048010 {
-		debounce-delay-us = <976>;
-
-		input@0 {
-			reg = <0>;
-		};
-
-		input@1 {
-			reg = <1>;
-			atmel,wakeup-active-high;
-		};
-	};
-
-Special Function Registers (SFR)
-
-Special Function Registers (SFR) manage specific aspects of the integrated
-memory, bridge implementations, processor and other functionality not controlled
-elsewhere.
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-sfr", "syscon" or
-	"atmel,<chip>-sfrbu", "syscon"
-  <chip> can be "sama5d3", "sama5d4" or "sama5d2".
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-
-	sfr@f0038000 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-sfr", "syscon";
-		reg = <0xf0038000 0x60>;
-	};
-
-Security Module (SECUMOD)
-
-The Security Module macrocell provides all necessary secure functions to avoid
-voltage, temperature, frequency and mechanical attacks on the chip. It also
-embeds secure memories that can be scrambled
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-secumod", "syscon".
-  <chip> can be "sama5d2".
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-
-	secumod@fc040000 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-secumod", "syscon";
-		reg = <0xfc040000 0x100>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b96608
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+Atmel system registers
+
+Chipid required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-chipid"
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+
+PIT Timer required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-pit"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the PIT which is the IRQ line
+  shared across all System Controller members.
+
+System Timer (ST) required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
+  shared across all System Controller members.
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+Its subnodes can be:
+- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"
+
+RSTC Reset Controller required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-rstc".
+  <chip> can be "at91sam9260" or "at91sam9g45" or "sama5d3"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+
+Example:
+
+	rstc@fffffd00 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc";
+		reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>;
+	};
+
+RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", "syscon"
+			"atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc",
+			"atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc",
+			"atmel,sama5d3-ddramc",
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+
+Examples:
+
+	ramc0: ramc@ffffe800 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc";
+		reg = <0xffffe800 0x200>;
+	};
+
+SHDWC Shutdown Controller
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-shdwc".
+  <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9rl" or "at91sam9x5".
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+
+optional properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-mode: String, operation mode of the wakeup mode.
+  Supported values are: "none", "high", "low", "any".
+- atmel,wakeup-counter: Counter on Wake-up 0 (between 0x0 and 0xf).
+
+optional at91sam9260 properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
+
+optional at91sam9rl properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
+- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
+
+optional at91sam9x5 properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
+
+Example:
+
+	shdwc@fffffd10 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-shdwc";
+		reg = <0xfffffd10 0x10>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>;
+	};
+
+SHDWC SAMA5D2-Compatible Shutdown Controller
+
+1) shdwc node
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc".
+- reg: should contain registers location and length
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index.
+- #size-cells: should be zero.
+
+optional properties:
+
+- debounce-delay-us: minimum wake-up inputs debouncer period in
+  microseconds. It's usually a board-related property.
+- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up.
+
+The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses.
+
+2) input nodes
+
+Wake-up input nodes are usually described in the "board" part of the Device
+Tree. Note also that input 0 is linked to the wake-up pin and is frequently
+used.
+
+Required properties:
+- reg: should contain the wake-up input index [0 - 15].
+
+Optional properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-active-high: boolean, the corresponding wake-up input described
+  by the child, forces the wake-up of the core power supply on a high level.
+  The default is to be active low.
+
+Example:
+
+On the SoC side:
+	shdwc@f8048010 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc";
+		reg = <0xf8048010 0x10>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer;
+	};
+
+On the board side:
+	shdwc@f8048010 {
+		debounce-delay-us = <976>;
+
+		input@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+		};
+
+		input@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			atmel,wakeup-active-high;
+		};
+	};
+
+Special Function Registers (SFR)
+
+Special Function Registers (SFR) manage specific aspects of the integrated
+memory, bridge implementations, processor and other functionality not controlled
+elsewhere.
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-sfr", "syscon" or
+	"atmel,<chip>-sfrbu", "syscon"
+  <chip> can be "sama5d3", "sama5d4" or "sama5d2".
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+
+	sfr@f0038000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-sfr", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xf0038000 0x60>;
+	};
+
+Security Module (SECUMOD)
+
+The Security Module macrocell provides all necessary secure functions to avoid
+voltage, temperature, frequency and mechanical attacks on the chip. It also
+embeds secure memories that can be scrambled
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-secumod", "syscon".
+  <chip> can be "sama5d2".
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+
+	secumod@fc040000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-secumod", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xfc040000 0x100>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
index 1e3e29a..0dcc3ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
@@ -42,6 +42,14 @@
 Required root node properties:
 compatible = "raspberrypi,compute-module", "brcm,bcm2835";
 
+Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "raspberrypi,3-compute-module", "brcm,bcm2837";
+
+Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3 Lite
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "raspberrypi,3-compute-module-lite", "brcm,bcm2837";
+
 Raspberry Pi Zero
 Required root node properties:
 compatible = "raspberrypi,model-zero", "brcm,bcm2835";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
index 5d1ad09b..f8aff65 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -54,9 +54,7 @@
 	  clocks the core of that coresight component. The latter clock
 	  is optional.
 
-	* port or ports: The representation of the component's port
-	  layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in
-	  "bindings/graph.txt".
+	* port or ports: see "Graph bindings for Coresight" below.
 
 * Additional required properties for System Trace Macrocells (STM):
 	* reg: along with the physical base address and length of the register
@@ -73,7 +71,7 @@
 	  AMBA markee):
 		- "arm,coresight-replicator"
 
-	* port or ports: same as above.
+	* port or ports: see "Graph bindings for Coresight" below.
 
 * Optional properties for ETM/PTMs:
 
@@ -96,6 +94,20 @@
 	* interrupts : Exactly one SPI may be listed for reporting the address
 	  error
 
+Graph bindings for Coresight
+-------------------------------
+
+Coresight components are interconnected to create a data path for the flow of
+trace data generated from the "sources" to their collection points "sink".
+Each coresight component must describe the "input" and "output" connections.
+The connections must be described via generic DT graph bindings as described
+by the "bindings/graph.txt", where each "port" along with an "endpoint"
+component represents a hardware port and the connection.
+
+ * All output ports must be listed inside a child node named "out-ports"
+ * All input ports must be listed inside a child node named "in-ports".
+ * Port address must match the hardware port number.
+
 Example:
 
 1. Sinks
@@ -105,10 +117,11 @@
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			etb_in_port: endpoint@0 {
-				slave-mode;
-				remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port0>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
+				etb_in_port: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port0>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -119,10 +132,11 @@
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			tpiu_in_port: endpoint@0 {
-				slave-mode;
-				remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port1>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
+				tpiu_in_port: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port1>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -133,22 +147,16 @@
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		ports {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-
-			/* input port */
-			port@0 {
-				reg =  <0>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
 				etr_in_port: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&replicator2_out_port0>;
 				};
 			};
+		};
 
-			/* CATU link represented by output port */
-			port@1 {
-				reg = <1>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
 				etr_out_port: endpoint {
 					remote-endpoint = <&catu_in_port>;
 				};
@@ -163,7 +171,7 @@
 		 */
 		compatible = "arm,coresight-replicator";
 
-		ports {
+		out-ports {
 			#address-cells = <1>;
 			#size-cells = <0>;
 
@@ -181,12 +189,11 @@
 					remote-endpoint = <&tpiu_in_port>;
 				};
 			};
+		};
 
-			/* replicator input port */
-			port@2 {
-				reg = <0>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
 				replicator_in_port0: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&funnel_out_port0>;
 				};
 			};
@@ -199,40 +206,36 @@
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		ports {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-
-			/* funnel output port */
-			port@0 {
-				reg = <0>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
 				funnel_out_port0: endpoint {
 					remote-endpoint =
 							<&replicator_in_port0>;
 				};
 			};
+		};
 
-			/* funnel input ports */
-			port@1 {
+		in-ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
 				reg = <0>;
 				funnel_in_port0: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&ptm0_out_port>;
 				};
 			};
 
-			port@2 {
+			port@1 {
 				reg = <1>;
 				funnel_in_port1: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&ptm1_out_port>;
 				};
 			};
 
-			port@3 {
+			port@2 {
 				reg = <2>;
 				funnel_in_port2: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&etm0_out_port>;
 				};
 			};
@@ -248,9 +251,11 @@
 		cpu = <&cpu0>;
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			ptm0_out_port: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port0>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				ptm0_out_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port0>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -262,9 +267,11 @@
 		cpu = <&cpu1>;
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			ptm1_out_port: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port1>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				ptm1_out_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port1>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -278,9 +285,11 @@
 
 		clocks = <&soc_smc50mhz>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			stm_out_port: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&main_funnel_in_port2>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				stm_out_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&main_funnel_in_port2>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -295,10 +304,11 @@
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
 
 		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-		port {
-			catu_in_port: endpoint {
-				slave-mode;
-				remote-endpoint = <&etr_out_port>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
+				catu_in_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&etr_out_port>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
index 9b5685a..84262cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
@@ -59,9 +59,11 @@
 ===========================================
 
 Example 1 (ARM 64-bit, 6-cpu system, two clusters):
-capacities-dmips-mhz are scaled w.r.t. 1024 (cpu@0 and cpu@1)
-supposing cluster0@max-freq=1100 and custer1@max-freq=850,
-final capacities are 1024 for cluster0 and 446 for cluster1
+The capacities-dmips-mhz or DMIPS/MHz values (scaled to 1024)
+are 1024 and 578 for cluster0 and cluster1. Further normalization
+is done by the operating system based on cluster0@max-freq=1100 and
+custer1@max-freq=850, final capacities are 1024 for cluster0 and
+446 for cluster1 (576*850/1100).
 
 cpus {
 	#address-cells = <2>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
index c2e0cc5..35e5afb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
@@ -14,7 +14,28 @@
 
 Note:
 This enable method requires valid nodes compatible with
-"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service"[1].
+"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service".
+
+
+* Alpine CPU resume registers
+
+The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after
+reset.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+
+* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers
+
+The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and
+system fabric, like powering CPUs off.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -48,5 +69,12 @@
 	};
 };
 
---
-[1] arm/al,alpine.txt
+cpu_resume {
+	compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume";
+	reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>;
+};
+
+nb_service {
+        compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon";
+        reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
index 96dfccc..b0198a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
 		Usage: optional
 		Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
 		Definition: A u32 value that represents the running time dynamic
-			    power coefficient in units of mW/MHz/uV^2. The
+			    power coefficient in units of uW/MHz/V^2. The
 			    coefficient can either be calculated from power
 			    measurements or derived by analysis.
 
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
 
 			    Pdyn = dynamic-power-coefficient * V^2 * f
 
-			    where voltage is in uV, frequency is in MHz.
+			    where voltage is in V, frequency is in MHz.
 
 Example 1 (dual-cluster big.LITTLE system 32-bit):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-dcfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-dcfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5cb374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-dcfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Freescale DCFG
+
+DCFG is the device configuration unit, that provides general purpose
+configuration and status for the device. Such as setting the secondary
+core start address and release the secondary core from holdoff and startup.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
+	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-dcfg",
+	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
+	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
+
+  - reg : should contain base address and length of DCFG memory-mapped registers
+
+Example:
+	dcfg: dcfg@1ee0000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-dcfg";
+		reg = <0x0 0x1ee0000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-scfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-scfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ab67b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-scfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Freescale SCFG
+
+SCFG is the supplemental configuration unit, that provides SoC specific
+configuration and status registers for the chip. Such as getting PEX port
+status.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
+	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-scfg",
+	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
+	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
+
+  - reg: should contain base address and length of SCFG memory-mapped registers
+
+Example:
+	scfg: scfg@1570000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-scfg";
+		reg = <0x0 0x1570000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d0af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+NXP i.MX System Controller Firmware (SCFW)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The System Controller Firmware (SCFW) is a low-level system function
+which runs on a dedicated Cortex-M core to provide power, clock, and
+resource management. It exists on some i.MX8 processors. e.g. i.MX8QM
+(QM, QP), and i.MX8QX (QXP, DX).
+
+The AP communicates with the SC using a multi-ported MU module found
+in the LSIO subsystem. The current definition of this MU module provides
+5 remote AP connections to the SC to support up to 5 execution environments
+(TZ, HV, standard Linux, etc.). The SC side of this MU module interfaces
+with the LSIO DSC IP bus. The SC firmware will communicate with this MU
+using the MSI bus.
+
+System Controller Device Node:
+============================================================
+
+The scu node with the following properties shall be under the /firmware/ node.
+
+Required properties:
+-------------------
+- compatible:	should be "fsl,imx-scu".
+- mbox-names:	should include "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3",
+			       "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3".
+- mboxes:	List of phandle of 4 MU channels for tx and 4 MU channels
+		for rx. All 8 MU channels must be in the same MU instance.
+		Cross instances are not allowed. The MU instance can only
+		be one of LSIO MU0~M4 for imx8qxp and imx8qm. Users need
+		to make sure use the one which is not conflict with other
+		execution environments. e.g. ATF.
+		Note:
+		Channel 0 must be "tx0" or "rx0".
+		Channel 1 must be "tx1" or "rx1".
+		Channel 2 must be "tx2" or "rx2".
+		Channel 3 must be "tx3" or "rx3".
+		e.g.
+		mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 3
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 3>;
+		See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/fsl,mu.txt
+		for detailed mailbox binding.
+
+i.MX SCU Client Device Node:
+============================================================
+
+Client nodes are maintained as children of the relevant IMX-SCU device node.
+
+Power domain bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding for the SCU power domain providers uses the generic power
+domain binding[2].
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be "fsl,scu-pd".
+- #address-cells:	Should be 1.
+- #size-cells:		Should be 0.
+
+Required properties for power domain sub nodes:
+- #power-domain-cells:	Must be 0.
+
+Optional Properties:
+- reg:			Resource ID of this power domain.
+			No exist means uncontrollable by user.
+			See detailed Resource ID list from:
+			include/dt-bindings/power/imx-rsrc.h
+- power-domains:	phandle pointing to the parent power domain.
+
+Clock bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be "fsl,imx8qxp-clock".
+- #clock-cells:		Should be 1. Contains the Clock ID value.
+- clocks:		List of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for
+			each required entry in clock-names
+- clock-names:		Should include entries "xtal_32KHz", "xtal_24MHz"
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.
+
+See the full list of clock IDs from:
+include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8qxp-clock.h
+
+Pinctrl bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding uses the i.MX common pinctrl binding[3].
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be "fsl,imx8qxp-iomuxc".
+
+Required properties for Pinctrl sub nodes:
+- fsl,pins:		Each entry consists of 3 integers which represents
+			the mux and config setting for one pin. The first 2
+			integers <pin_id mux_mode> are specified using a
+			PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in
+			<dt-bindings/pinctrl/pads-imx8qxp.h>.
+			The last integer CONFIG is the pad setting value like
+			pull-up on this pin.
+
+			Please refer to i.MX8QXP Reference Manual for detailed
+			CONFIG settings.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt
+
+Example (imx8qxp):
+-------------
+lsio_mu1: mailbox@5d1c0000 {
+	...
+	#mbox-cells = <2>;
+};
+
+firmware {
+	scu {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx-scu";
+		mbox-names = "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3",
+			     "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3";
+		mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 3
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 3>;
+
+		clk: clk {
+			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-clk";
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+		};
+
+		iomuxc {
+			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-iomuxc";
+
+			pinctrl_lpuart0: lpuart0grp {
+				fsl,pins = <
+					SC_P_UART0_RX_ADMA_UART0_RX	0x06000020
+					SC_P_UART0_TX_ADMA_UART0_TX	0x06000020
+				>;
+			};
+			...
+		};
+
+		imx8qx-pm {
+			compatible = "fsl,scu-pd";
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			pd_dma: dma-power-domain {
+				#power-domain-cells = <0>;
+
+				pd_dma_lpuart0: dma-lpuart0@57 {
+					reg = <SC_R_UART_0>;
+					#power-domain-cells = <0>;
+					power-domains = <&pd_dma>;
+				};
+				...
+			};
+			...
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+serial@5a060000 {
+	...
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lpuart0>;
+	clocks = <&clk IMX8QXP_UART0_CLK>,
+		 <&clk IMX8QXP_UART0_IPG_CLK>;
+	clock-names = "per", "ipg";
+	power-domains = <&pd_dma_lpuart0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
index 8a1baa2..5074aee 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
@@ -57,6 +57,50 @@
 Required root node properties:
     - compatible = "fsl,imx6sll-evk", "fsl,imx6sll";
 
+i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Smart Device Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6qp-sabresd", "fsl,imx6qp";
+
+i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Automotive Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6qp-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6qp";
+
+i.MX6 DualLite SABRE Smart Device Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6dl-sabresd", "fsl,imx6dl";
+
+i.MX6 DualLite/Solo SABRE Automotive Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6dl-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6dl";
+
+i.MX6 SoloLite EVK Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6sl-evk", "fsl,imx6sl";
+
+i.MX6 UltraLite 14x14 EVK Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6ul-14x14-evk", "fsl,imx6ul";
+
+i.MX6 UltraLiteLite 14x14 EVK Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6ull-14x14-evk", "fsl,imx6ull";
+
+i.MX6 ULZ 14x14 EVK Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6ulz-14x14-evk", "fsl,imx6ull", "fsl,imx6ulz";
+
+i.MX6 SoloX SDB Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-sdb", "fsl,imx6sx";
+
+i.MX6 SoloX Sabre Auto Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6sx";
+
+i.MX7 SabreSD Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx7d-sdb", "fsl,imx7d";
+
 Generic i.MX boards
 -------------------
 
@@ -101,45 +145,6 @@
 Required root node compatible properties:
   - compatible = "fsl,ls1021a";
 
-Freescale SoC-specific Device Tree Bindings
--------------------------------------------
-
-Freescale SCFG
-  SCFG is the supplemental configuration unit, that provides SoC specific
-configuration and status registers for the chip. Such as getting PEX port
-status.
-  Required properties:
-  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
-	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-scfg",
-	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
-	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
-
-  - reg: should contain base address and length of SCFG memory-mapped registers
-
-Example:
-	scfg: scfg@1570000 {
-		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-scfg";
-		reg = <0x0 0x1570000 0x0 0x10000>;
-	};
-
-Freescale DCFG
-  DCFG is the device configuration unit, that provides general purpose
-configuration and status for the device. Such as setting the secondary
-core start address and release the secondary core from holdoff and startup.
-  Required properties:
-  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
-	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-dcfg",
-	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
-	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
-
-  - reg : should contain base address and length of DCFG memory-mapped registers
-
-Example:
-	dcfg: dcfg@1ee0000 {
-		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-dcfg";
-		reg = <0x0 0x1ee0000 0x0 0x10000>;
-	};
-
 Freescale ARMv8 based Layerscape SoC family Device Tree Bindings
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
index 199cd36..a97f643 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,14 @@
 Required root node properties:
 	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-hikey960", "hisilicon,hi3660";
 
+Hi3670 SoC
+Required root node properties:
+	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670";
+
+HiKey970 Board
+Required root node properties:
+	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670-hikey970", "hisilicon,hi3670";
+
 Hi3798cv200 SoC
 Required root node properties:
 	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt
index 31f5f9a10..b56a02c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt
@@ -45,11 +45,15 @@
 	debug_messages - Map the Debug message region
 - reg:  register space corresponding to the debug_messages
 - ti,system-reboot-controller: If system reboot can be triggered by SoC reboot
+- ti,host-id: Integer value corresponding to the host ID assigned by Firmware
+	for identification of host processing entities such as virtual
+	machines
 
 Example (K2G):
 -------------
 	pmmc: pmmc {
 		compatible = "ti,k2g-sci";
+		ti,host-id = <2>;
 		mbox-names = "rx", "tx";
 		mboxes= <&msgmgr &msgmgr_proxy_pmmc_rx>,
 			<&msgmgr &msgmgr_proxy_pmmc_tx>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bab184..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Work in progress statement:
-
-Device tree files and bindings applying to Marvell Berlin SoCs and boards are
-considered "unstable". Any Marvell Berlin device tree binding may change at any
-time. Be sure to use a device tree binary and a kernel image generated from the
-same source tree.
-
-Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt for a definition of a
-stable binding/ABI.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500
-shall have the following properties:
-
-* Required root node properties:
-compatible: must contain "marvell,berlin"
-
-In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific
-SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
-    "marvell,berlin2"      for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100),
-    "marvell,berlin2cd"    for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005)
-    "marvell,berlin2ct"    for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????)
-    "marvell,berlin2q"     for Marvell Armada 1500-pro (BG2Q, 88DE3114)
-    "marvell,berlin3"      for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????)
-
-* Example:
-
-/ {
-	model = "Sony NSZ-GS7";
-	compatible = "sony,nsz-gs7", "marvell,berlin2", "marvell,berlin";
-
-	...
-}
-
-* Marvell Berlin CPU control bindings
-
-CPU control register allows various operations on CPUs, like resetting them
-independently.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"
-- reg: address and length of the register set
-
-Example:
-
-cpu-ctrl@f7dd0000 {
-	compatible = "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl";
-	reg = <0xf7dd0000 0x10000>;
-};
-
-* Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding
-
-Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several
-individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, clock, reset, and secondary
-CPU boot address. Unfortunately, the individual registers are spread among the
-chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the
-different functions which are described below.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:
-	* the first and second values must be:
-		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
-- reg: address and length of following register sets for
-  BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set
-  BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers
-
-* Marvell Berlin2 system control binding
-
-Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several
-individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:
-	* the first and second values must be:
-		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
-- reg: address and length of the system control register set
-
-Example:
-
-chip: chip-control@ea0000 {
-	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
-	reg = <0xea0000 0x400>;
-
-	/* sub-device nodes */
-};
-
-sysctrl: system-controller@d000 {
-	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
-	reg = <0xd000 0x100>;
-
-	/* sub-device nodes */
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
index b404d59..4e4a3c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-apmixedsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-apmixedsys"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-apmixedsys", "mediatek,mt2701-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
index 34a69ba..d1606b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 - compatible: Should be one of:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-audsys", "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt
index 4010e37..149567a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-bdpsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-bdpsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-bdpsys", "mediatek,mt2701-bdpsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The bdpsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt
index 8f5335b..f17cfe6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-ethsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-ethsys", "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 - #reset-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt
index f5629d6..323905a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-hifsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-hifsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-hifsys", "mediatek,mt2701-hifsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The hifsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
index 868bd51..3f99672 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-imgsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-imgsys", "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-imgsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
index 566f153..89f4272 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-infracfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-infracfg", "mediatek,mt2701-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
index 4eb8bbe..15d977a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-mmsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-mmsys", "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt
index fb58ca8..6755514 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-pericfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-pericfg", "mediatek,mt2701-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
index 24014a7..d849465 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-topckgen", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-topckgen"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-topckgen", "mediatek,mt2701-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
index ea40d05..3212afc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-vdecsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-vdecsys", "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-vdecsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
index 1333db9..7f69636 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
@@ -21,10 +21,29 @@
 		    the register region. An optional second element specifies
 		    the base address and size of the alias register region.
 
+- clocks:
+        Usage: required
+        Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+        Definition: reference to the pll parents.
+
+- clock-names:
+        Usage: required
+        Value type: <stringlist>
+        Definition: must be "pll8_vote", "pxo".
+
+- clock-output-names:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: Name of the output clock. Typically acpuX_aux where X is a
+		    CPU number starting at 0.
+
 Example:
 
 	clock-controller@2088000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,kpss-acc-v2";
 		reg = <0x02088000 0x1000>,
 		      <0x02008000 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&gcc PLL8_VOTE>, <&gcc PXO_SRC>;
+		clock-names = "pll8_vote", "pxo";
+		clock-output-names = "acpu0_aux";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e628758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+Krait Processor Sub-system (KPSS) Global Clock Controller (GCC)
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: should be one of the following. The generic compatible
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc" should also be included.
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-ipq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-apq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-msm8974", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-msm8960", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: base address and size of the register region
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: reference to the pll parents.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "pll8_vote", "pxo".
+
+- clock-output-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: Name of the output clock. Typically acpu_l2_aux indicating
+		    an L2 cache auxiliary clock.
+
+Example:
+
+	l2cc: clock-controller@2011000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,kpss-gcc-ipq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc";
+		reg = <0x2011000 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&gcc PLL8_VOTE>, <&gcc PXO_SRC>;
+		clock-names = "pll8_vote", "pxo";
+		clock-output-names = "acpu_l2_aux";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt
index 5e85749..eaee06b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt
@@ -16,11 +16,26 @@
 - reg:
 	Usage: required
 	Value Type: <prop-encoded-array>
-	Definition: Start address and the the size of the register region.
+	Definition: The first element specifies the llcc base start address and
+		    the size of the register region. The second element specifies
+		    the llcc broadcast base address and size of the register region.
+
+- reg-names:
+        Usage: required
+        Value Type: <stringlist>
+        Definition: Register region names. Must be "llcc_base", "llcc_broadcast_base".
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Definition: The interrupt is associated with the llcc edac device.
+			It's used for llcc cache single and double bit error detection
+			and reporting.
 
 Example:
 
 	cache-controller@1100000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-llcc";
-		reg = <0x1100000 0x250000>;
+		reg = <0x1100000 0x200000>, <0x1300000 0x50000> ;
+		reg-names = "llcc_base", "llcc_broadcast_base";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 582 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
index acfd3c7..0cc7123 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,10 @@
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "vamrs,ficus", "rockchip,rk3399";
 
+- 96boards RK3399 Rock960 (ROCK960 Consumer Edition)
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "vamrs,rock960", "rockchip,rk3399";
+
 - Amarula Vyasa RK3288 board
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "amarula,vyasa-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
@@ -13,6 +17,10 @@
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "asus,rk3288-tinker", "rockchip,rk3288";
 
+- Asus Tinker board S
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "asus,rk3288-tinker-s", "rockchip,rk3288";
+
 - Kylin RK3036 board:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "rockchip,kylin-rk3036", "rockchip,rk3036";
@@ -59,6 +67,10 @@
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3328-cc", "rockchip,rk3328";
 
+- Firefly ROC-RK3399-PC board:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3399-pc", "rockchip,rk3399";
+
 - ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
@@ -160,6 +172,10 @@
     Required root node properties:
     - compatible = "pine64,rock64", "rockchip,rk3328";
 
+- Pine64 RockPro64 board:
+    Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "pine64,rockpro64", "rockchip,rk3399";
+
 - Rockchip PX3 Evaluation board:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "rockchip,px3-evb", "rockchip,px3", "rockchip,rk3188";
@@ -168,6 +184,10 @@
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "rockchip,px5-evb", "rockchip,px5", "rockchip,rk3368";
 
+- Rockchip PX30 Evaluation board:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "rockchip,px30-evb", "rockchip,px30";
+
 - Rockchip RV1108 Evaluation board
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "rockchip,rv1108-evb", "rockchip,rv1108";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt
index 08a5878..74d0a78 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 Example:
 
-scu@a04100000 {
+scu@a0410000 {
 	compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu";
 	reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt
index e31303f..f27bbff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt
@@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
 secure- bindings only need to be used where both the Secure and Normal
 world views need to be described in a single device tree.
 
-Valid Secure world properties:
+Valid Secure world properties
+-----------------------------
 
 - secure-status : specifies whether the device is present and usable
   in the secure world. The combination of this with "status" allows
@@ -51,3 +52,19 @@
    status = "disabled"; secure-status = "okay";     /* S-only */
    status = "disabled";                             /* disabled in both */
    status = "disabled"; secure-status = "disabled"; /* disabled in both */
+
+The secure-chosen node
+----------------------
+
+Similar to the /chosen node which serves as a place for passing data
+between firmware and the operating system, the /secure-chosen node may
+be used to pass data to the Secure OS. Only the properties defined
+below may appear in the /secure-chosen node.
+
+- stdout-path : specifies the device to be used by the Secure OS for
+  its console output. The syntax is the same as for /chosen/stdout-path.
+  If the /secure-chosen node exists but the stdout-path property is not
+  present, the Secure OS should not perform any console output. If
+  /secure-chosen does not exist, the Secure OS should use the value of
+  /chosen/stdout-path instead (that is, use the same device as the
+  Normal world OS).
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
index 89b4a38..58c4256 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
     compatible = "renesas,emev2"
   - RZ/A1H (R7S72100)
     compatible = "renesas,r7s72100"
+  - RZ/A2 (R7S9210)
+    compatible = "renesas,r7s9210"
   - SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0)
     compatible = "renesas,sh73a0"
   - R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40)
@@ -23,6 +25,10 @@
     compatible = "renesas,r8a7745"
   - RZ/G1C (R8A77470)
     compatible = "renesas,r8a77470"
+  - RZ/G2M (R8A774A1)
+    compatible = "renesas,r8a774a1"
+  - RZ/G2E (R8A774C0)
+    compatible = "renesas,r8a774c0"
   - R-Car M1A (R8A77781)
     compatible = "renesas,r8a7778"
   - R-Car H1 (R8A77790)
@@ -107,6 +113,8 @@
     compatible = "renesas,lager", "renesas,r8a7790"
   - M3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC7796SKBX0010SA09 (M3 ES1.0))
     compatible = "renesas,m3ulcb", "renesas,r8a7796"
+  - M3NULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC77965SKBX010SA00 (M3-N ES1.1))
+    compatible = "renesas,m3nulcb", "renesas,r8a77965"
   - Marzen (R0P7779A00010S)
     compatible = "renesas,marzen", "renesas,r8a7779"
   - Porter (M2-LCDP)
@@ -143,12 +151,12 @@
     compatible = "renesas,wheat", "renesas,r8a7792"
 
 
-Most Renesas ARM SoCs have a Product Register that allows to retrieve SoC
-product and revision information.  If present, a device node for this register
-should be added.
+Most Renesas ARM SoCs have a Product Register or Boundary Scan ID Register that
+allows to retrieve SoC product and revision information.  If present, a device
+node for this register should be added.
 
 Required properties:
-  - compatible: Must be "renesas,prr".
+  - compatible: Must be "renesas,prr" or "renesas,bsid"
   - reg: Base address and length of the register block.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2face46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+Synaptics SoC Device Tree Bindings
+
+According to https://www.synaptics.com/company/news/conexant-marvell
+Synaptics has acquired the Multimedia Solutions Business of Marvell, so
+berlin SoCs are now Synaptics' SoCs now.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Work in progress statement:
+
+Device tree files and bindings applying to Marvell Berlin SoCs and boards are
+considered "unstable". Any Marvell Berlin device tree binding may change at any
+time. Be sure to use a device tree binary and a kernel image generated from the
+same source tree.
+
+Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt for a definition of a
+stable binding/ABI.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the Synaptics AS370 SoC shall have the following properties:
+  Required root node property:
+    compatible: "syna,as370"
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500
+shall have the following properties:
+
+* Required root node properties:
+compatible: must contain "marvell,berlin"
+
+In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific
+SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
+    "marvell,berlin2"      for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100),
+    "marvell,berlin2cd"    for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005)
+    "marvell,berlin2ct"    for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????)
+    "marvell,berlin2q"     for Marvell Armada 1500-pro (BG2Q, 88DE3114)
+    "marvell,berlin3"      for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????)
+
+* Example:
+
+/ {
+	model = "Sony NSZ-GS7";
+	compatible = "sony,nsz-gs7", "marvell,berlin2", "marvell,berlin";
+
+	...
+}
+
+* Marvell Berlin CPU control bindings
+
+CPU control register allows various operations on CPUs, like resetting them
+independently.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"
+- reg: address and length of the register set
+
+Example:
+
+cpu-ctrl@f7dd0000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl";
+	reg = <0xf7dd0000 0x10000>;
+};
+
+* Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding
+
+Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several
+individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, clock, reset, and secondary
+CPU boot address. Unfortunately, the individual registers are spread among the
+chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the
+different functions which are described below.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	* the first and second values must be:
+		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
+- reg: address and length of following register sets for
+  BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set
+  BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers
+
+* Marvell Berlin2 system control binding
+
+Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several
+individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	* the first and second values must be:
+		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
+- reg: address and length of the system control register set
+
+Example:
+
+chip: chip-control@ea0000 {
+	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
+	reg = <0xea0000 0x400>;
+
+	/* sub-device nodes */
+};
+
+sysctrl: system-controller@d000 {
+	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
+	reg = <0xd000 0x100>;
+
+	/* sub-device nodes */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
index 32f62bb..c59b15f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
@@ -47,12 +47,17 @@
   nvidia,ventana
   toradex,apalis_t30
   toradex,apalis_t30-eval
+  toradex,apalis_t30-v1.1
+  toradex,apalis_t30-v1.1-eval
   toradex,apalis-tk1
   toradex,apalis-tk1-eval
-  toradex,colibri_t20-512
+  toradex,apalis-tk1-v1.2
+  toradex,apalis-tk1-v1.2-eval
+  toradex,colibri_t20
+  toradex,colibri_t20-eval-v3
+  toradex,colibri_t20-iris
   toradex,colibri_t30
   toradex,colibri_t30-eval-v3
-  toradex,iris
 
 Trusted Foundations
 -------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt
index 5a3bf7c..c9fd6d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt
@@ -34,3 +34,96 @@
 	pmc@c360000 {
 		nvidia,invert-interrupt;
 	};
+
+== Pad Control ==
+
+On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins which are configured as a group.
+The pin grouping is a fixed attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be
+used to set pad power state and signaling voltage. A pad can be either
+in active or power down mode. The support for power state and signaling
+voltage configuration varies depending on the pad in question. 3.3 V and
+1.8 V signaling voltages are supported on pins where software
+controllable signaling voltage switching is available.
+
+Pad configurations are described with pin configuration nodes which
+are placed under the pmc node and they are referred to by the pinctrl
+client properties. For more information see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+
+The following pads are present on Tegra186:
+csia		csib		dsi		mipi-bias
+pex-clk-bias	pex-clk3	pex-clk2	pex-clk1
+usb0		usb1		usb2		usb-bias
+uart		audio		hsic		dbg
+hdmi-dp0	hdmi-dp1	pex-cntrl	sdmmc2-hv
+sdmmc4		cam		dsib		dsic
+dsid		csic		csid		csie
+dsif		spi		ufs		dmic-hv
+edp		sdmmc1-hv	sdmmc3-hv	conn
+audio-hv	ao-hv
+
+Required pin configuration properties:
+  - pins: A list of strings, each of which contains the name of a pad
+	  to be configured.
+
+Optional pin configuration properties:
+  - low-power-enable: Configure the pad into power down mode
+  - low-power-disable: Configure the pad into active mode
+  - power-source: Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8 or
+    TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages.
+    The values are defined in
+    include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h.
+
+Note: The power state can be configured on all of the above pads except
+      for ao-hv. Following pads have software configurable signaling
+      voltages: sdmmc2-hv, dmic-hv, sdmmc1-hv, sdmmc3-hv, audio-hv,
+      ao-hv.
+
+Pad configuration state example:
+	pmc: pmc@7000e400 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra186-pmc";
+		reg = <0 0x0c360000 0 0x10000>,
+		      <0 0x0c370000 0 0x10000>,
+		      <0 0x0c380000 0 0x10000>,
+		      <0 0x0c390000 0 0x10000>;
+		reg-names = "pmc", "wake", "aotag", "scratch";
+
+		...
+
+		sdmmc1_3v3: sdmmc1-3v3 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1-hv";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3>;
+		};
+
+		sdmmc1_1v8: sdmmc1-1v8 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1-hv";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8>;
+		};
+
+		hdmi_off: hdmi-off {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-enable;
+		}
+
+		hdmi_on: hdmi-on {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-disable;
+		}
+	};
+
+Pinctrl client example:
+	sdmmc1: sdhci@3400000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-names = "sdmmc-3v3", "sdmmc-1v8";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc1_3v3>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&sdmmc1_1v8>;
+	};
+
+	...
+
+	sor0: sor@15540000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_off>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&hdmi_on>;
+		pinctrl-names = "hdmi-on", "hdmi-off";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
index a74b37b..cb12f33 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
@@ -195,3 +195,106 @@
 		power-domains = <&pd_audio>;
 		...
 	};
+
+== Pad Control ==
+
+On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins which are configured as a group.
+The pin grouping is a fixed attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be
+used to set pad power state and signaling voltage. A pad can be either
+in active or power down mode. The support for power state and signaling
+voltage configuration varies depending on the pad in question. 3.3 V and
+1.8 V signaling voltages are supported on pins where software
+controllable signaling voltage switching is available.
+
+The pad configuration state nodes are placed under the pmc node and they
+are referred to by the pinctrl client properties. For more information
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+The pad name should be used as the value of the pins property in pin
+configuration nodes.
+
+The following pads are present on Tegra124 and Tegra132:
+audio		bb		cam		comp
+csia		csb		cse		dsi
+dsib		dsic		dsid		hdmi
+hsic		hv		lvds		mipi-bias
+nand		pex-bias	pex-clk1	pex-clk2
+pex-cntrl	sdmmc1		sdmmc3		sdmmc4
+sys_ddc		uart		usb0		usb1
+usb2		usb_bias
+
+The following pads are present on Tegra210:
+audio		audio-hv	cam		csia
+csib		csic		csid		csie
+csif		dbg		debug-nonao	dmic
+dp		dsi		dsib		dsic
+dsid		emmc		emmc2		gpio
+hdmi		hsic		lvds		mipi-bias
+pex-bias	pex-clk1	pex-clk2	pex-cntrl
+sdmmc1		sdmmc3		spi		spi-hv
+uart		usb0		usb1		usb2
+usb3		usb-bias
+
+Required pin configuration properties:
+  - pins: Must contain name of the pad(s) to be configured.
+
+Optional pin configuration properties:
+  - low-power-enable: Configure the pad into power down mode
+  - low-power-disable: Configure the pad into active mode
+  - power-source: Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8
+    or TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages.
+    The values are defined in
+    include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h.
+
+Note: The power state can be configured on all of the Tegra124 and
+      Tegra132 pads. None of the Tegra124 or Tegra132 pads support
+      signaling voltage switching.
+
+Note: All of the listed Tegra210 pads except pex-cntrl support power
+      state configuration. Signaling voltage switching is supported on
+      following Tegra210 pads: audio, audio-hv, cam, dbg, dmic, gpio,
+      pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, and uart.
+
+Pad configuration state example:
+	pmc: pmc@7000e400 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-pmc";
+		reg = <0x0 0x7000e400 0x0 0x400>;
+		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PCLK>, <&clk32k_in>;
+		clock-names = "pclk", "clk32k_in";
+
+		...
+
+		sdmmc1_3v3: sdmmc1-3v3 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3>;
+		};
+
+		sdmmc1_1v8: sdmmc1-1v8 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8>;
+		};
+
+		hdmi_off: hdmi-off {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-enable;
+		}
+
+		hdmi_on: hdmi-on {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-disable;
+		}
+	};
+
+Pinctrl client example:
+	sdmmc1: sdhci@700b0000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-names = "sdmmc-3v3", "sdmmc-1v8";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc1_3v3>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&sdmmc1_1v8>;
+	};
+	...
+	sor@54540000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_off>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&hdmi_on>;
+		pinctrl-names = "hdmi-on", "hdmi-off";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt
index 0fa4295..89408de 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
 			      <0xa0410100 0x100>;
 		};
 
-		scu@a04100000 {
+		scu@a0410000 {
 			compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu";
 			reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>;
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e66b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+ZTE sysctrl Registers
+
+Registers for 'zte,zx296702' SoC:
+
+System management required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,sysctrl"
+
+Low power management required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu"
+
+Bus matrix required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix"
+
+
+Registers for 'zte,zx296718' SoC:
+
+System management required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl"
+      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl"
+
+Example:
+aon_sysctrl: aon-sysctrl@116000 {
+	compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x116000 0x1000>;
+};
+
+sysctrl: sysctrl@1463000 {
+	compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x1463000 0x1000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt
index 83369785..3406127 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt
@@ -1,20 +1,10 @@
 ZTE platforms device tree bindings
----------------------------------------
 
+---------------------------------------
 -  ZX296702 board:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "zte,zx296702-ad1", "zte,zx296702"
 
-System management required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,sysctrl"
-
-Low power management required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu"
-
-Bus matrix required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix"
-
-
 ---------------------------------------
 -  ZX296718 SoC:
     Required root node properties:
@@ -22,18 +12,3 @@
 
 ZX296718 EVB board:
       - "zte,zx296718-evb"
-
-System management required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl"
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl"
-
-Example:
-aon_sysctrl: aon-sysctrl@116000 {
-	compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl", "syscon";
-	reg = <0x116000 0x1000>;
-};
-
-sysctrl: sysctrl@1463000 {
-	compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl", "syscon";
-	reg = <0x1463000 0x1000>;
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt
index d1e60d2..2ef86ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
   region.
 - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("hosc", "losc")
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
 
 Each clock is assigned an identifier, and client nodes can use this identifier
 to specify the clock which they consume.
@@ -36,6 +37,7 @@
                 reg = <0x0 0xe0160000 0x0 0x1000>;
                 clocks = <&hosc>, <&losc>;
                 #clock-cells = <1>;
+                #reset-cells = <1>;
         };
 
 Example: UART controller node that consumes clock generated by the clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
index 8f8f950..e9f70fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
 
 [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
 
+Slow Clock controller:
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible : shall be one of the following:
 	"atmel,at91sam9x5-sckc" or
@@ -16,84 +18,6 @@
 
 	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc":
 		at91 internal slow RC oscillator
-
-	"atmel,<chip>-pmc":
-		at91 PMC (Power Management Controller)
-		All at91 specific clocks (clocks defined below) must be child
-		node of the PMC node.
-		<chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261,
-		at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9x5,
-		sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4.
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow" (under sckc node)
-	or
-	"atmel,at91sam9260-clk-slow" (under pmc node):
-		at91 slow clk
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main-osc"
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main-rc-osc"
-		at91 main clk sources
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main"
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main":
-		at91 main clock
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-master":
-		at91 master clock
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral" or
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-peripheral":
-		at91 peripheral clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-pll" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9g20-clk-pllb" or
-	"atmel,sama5d3-clk-pll":
-		at91 pll clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv":
-		at91 plla divisor
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-programmable" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-programmable":
-		at91 programmable clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd":
-		at91 SMD (Soft Modem) clock
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system":
-		at91 system clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9n12-clk-usb":
-		at91 usb clock
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi":
-		at91 utmi clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx":
-		at91 h32mx clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated":
-		at91 generated clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-frac":
-		at91 audio fractional pll
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-pad":
-		at91 audio pll CLK_AUDIO output pin
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-pmc"
-		at91 audio pll output on AUDIOPLLCLK that feeds the PMC
-		and can be used by peripheral clock or generic clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-i2s-mux" (under pmc node):
-		at91 I2S clock source selection
-
-Required properties for SCKC node:
 - reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the SCKC.
 - #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
 - #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
@@ -109,428 +33,30 @@
 		/* put at91 slow clocks here */
 	};
 
+Power Management Controller (PMC):
 
-Required properties for internal slow RC oscillator:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clock-frequency : define the internal RC oscillator frequency.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-accuracy : define the internal RC oscillator accuracy.
-
-For example:
-	slow_rc_osc: slow_rc_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc";
-		clock-frequency = <32768>;
-		clock-accuracy = <50000000>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for slow oscillator:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the main osc source clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "atmel,<chip>-pmc", "syscon":
+	<chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261,
+	at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9g15,
+	at91sam9g25, at91sam9g35, at91sam9x25, at91sam9x35, at91sam9x5,
+	sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4.
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 2. The first entry
+  is the type of the clock (core, system, peripheral or generated) and the
+  second entry its index as provided by the datasheet
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries: "slow_clk", "main_xtal"
 
 Optional properties:
 - atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Set this when a clock signal is directly
   provided on XIN.
 
 For example:
-	slow_osc: slow_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-slow-osc";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&slow_xtal>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for slow clock:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the slow clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
-
-For example:
-	clk32k: slck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&slow_rc_osc &slow_osc>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for PMC node:
-- reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the PMC.
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- interrupts : shall be set to PMC interrupt line.
-- interrupt-controller : tell that the PMC is an interrupt controller.
-- #interrupt-cells : must be set to 1. The first cell encodes the interrupt id,
-	and reflect the bit position in the PMC_ER/DR/SR registers.
-	You can use the dt macros defined in dt-bindings/clock/at91.h.
-	0 (AT91_PMC_MOSCS) -> main oscillator ready
-	1 (AT91_PMC_LOCKA) -> PLL A ready
-	2 (AT91_PMC_LOCKB) -> PLL B ready
-	3 (AT91_PMC_MCKRDY) -> master clock ready
-	6 (AT91_PMC_LOCKU) -> UTMI PLL clock ready
-	8 .. 15 (AT91_PMC_PCKRDY(id)) -> programmable clock ready
-	16 (AT91_PMC_MOSCSELS) -> main oscillator selected
-	17 (AT91_PMC_MOSCRCS) -> RC main oscillator stabilized
-	18 (AT91_PMC_CFDEV) -> clock failure detected
-
-For example:
-	pmc: pmc@fffffc00 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-pmc";
-		interrupts = <1 4 7>;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-
-		/* put at91 clocks here */
-	};
-
-Required properties for main clock internal RC oscillator:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
-- clock-frequency : define the internal RC oscillator frequency.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-accuracy : define the internal RC oscillator accuracy.
-
-For example:
-	main_rc_osc: main_rc_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main-rc-osc";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <0>;
-		clock-frequency = <12000000>;
-		clock-accuracy = <50000000>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for main clock oscillator:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the main osc source clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
-
-Optional properties:
-- atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Specified if a clock signal is provided
-  on XIN.
-
-  clock signal is directly provided on XIN pin.
-
-For example:
-	main_osc: main_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main-osc";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <0>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main_xtal>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for main clock:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the main clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
-
-For example:
-	main: mainck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <0>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main_rc_osc &main_osc>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for master clock:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<3>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the master clock sources (see atmel datasheet) phandles.
-	e.g. "<&ck32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>".
-- atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency (two u32
-			   fields).
-	   e.g. output = <0 133000000>; <=> 0 to 133MHz.
-- atmel,clk-divisors : master clock divisors table (four u32 fields).
-		0 <=> reserved value.
-		e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 6>;
-- atmel,master-clk-have-div3-pres : some SoC use the reserved value 7 in the
-				    PRES field as CLOCK_DIV3 (e.g sam9x5).
-
-For example:
-	mck: mck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <3>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>;
-		atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for peripheral clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- clocks : shall be the master clock phandle.
-	e.g. clocks = <&mck>;
-- name: device tree node describing a specific peripheral clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full
-	  list of peripheral ids.
-	* atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency
-	  (two u32 fields). Only valid on at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral
-	  compatible IPs.
-
-For example:
-	periph: periphck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral";
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		clocks = <&mck>;
-
-		ssc0_clk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <2>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>;
-		};
-
-		usart0_clk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <3>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 66000000>;
-		};
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for pll clocks:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<1>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the main clock phandle.
-- reg : pll id.
-	0 -> PLL A
-	1 -> PLL B
-- atmel,clk-input-range : minimum and maximum source clock frequency (two u32
-			  fields).
-	  e.g. input = <1 32000000>; <=> 1 to 32MHz.
-- #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells : number of cells reserved for pll output
-				      range description. Sould be set to 2, 3
-				      or 4.
-	* 1st and 2nd cells represent the frequency range (min-max).
-	* 3rd cell is optional and represents the OUT field value for the given
-	  range.
-	* 4th cell is optional and represents the ICPLL field (PLLICPR
-	  register)
-- atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges : pll output frequency ranges + optional parameter
-				depending on #atmel,pll-output-range-cells
-				property value.
-
-For example:
-	plla: pllack {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <1>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main>;
-		reg = <0>;
-		atmel,clk-input-range = <2000000 32000000>;
-		#atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells = <4>;
-		atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges = <74500000 800000000 0 0
-					       69500000 750000000 1 0
-					       64500000 700000000 2 0
-					       59500000 650000000 3 0
-					       54500000 600000000 0 1
-					       49500000 550000000 1 1
-					       44500000 500000000 2 1
-					       40000000 450000000 3 1>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for plldiv clocks (plldiv = pll / 2):
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the plla clock phandle.
-
-The pll divisor is equal to 2 and cannot be changed.
-
-For example:
-	plladiv: plladivck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&plla>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for programmable clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- clocks : shall be the programmable clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>;
-- name: device tree node describing a specific prog clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg : programmable clock id (register offset from  PCKx
-			 register).
-	* interrupts : shall be set to "<(8 + id)>".
-
-For example:
-	prog: progck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable";
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>;
-
-		prog0 {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <0>;
-			interrupts = <8>;
-		};
-
-		prog1 {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <1>;
-			interrupts = <9>;
-		};
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for smd clock:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
-
-For example:
-	smd: smdck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for system clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg: system clock id (bit position in SCER/SCDR/SCSR registers).
-	      See Atmel's datasheet to get a full list of system clock ids.
-
-For example:
-	system: systemck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		ddrck {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <2>;
-			clocks = <&mck>;
-		};
-
-		uhpck {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <6>;
-			clocks = <&usb>;
-		};
-
-		udpck {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <7>;
-			clocks = <&usb>;
-		};
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for usb clock:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&pllb>;
-- atmel,clk-divisors (only available for "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"):
-	usb clock divisor table.
-	e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
-
-For example:
-	usb: usbck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
-	};
-
-	usb: usbck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&pllb>;
-		atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for utmi clock:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the main clock source phandle.
-
-For example:
-	utmi: utmick {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for 32 bits bus Matrix clock (h32mx clock):
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the master clock source phandle.
-
-For example:
-	h32ck: h32mxck {
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx";
-		clocks = <&mck>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for generated clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- clocks : shall be the generated clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>;
-- name: device tree node describing a specific generated clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full
-	  list of peripheral ids.
-	* atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency
-	  (two u32 fields).
-
-For example:
-	gck {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>;
-
-		tcb0_gclk: tcb0_gclk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <35>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>;
-		};
-
-		pwm_gclk: pwm_gclk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <38>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>;
-		};
-	};
-
-Required properties for I2S mux clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode I2S bus id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode I2S bus id).
-- name: device tree node describing a specific mux clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* clocks : shall be the mux clock parent phandles; shall be 2 phandles:
-	  peripheral and generated clock; the first phandle shall belong to the
-	  peripheral clock and the second one shall belong to the generated
-	  clock; "clock-indices" property can be user to specify
-	  the correct order.
-	* reg: I2S bus id of the corresponding mux clock.
-	  e.g. reg = <0>; for i2s0, reg = <1>; for i2s1
-
-For example:
-	i2s_clkmux {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-i2s-mux";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		i2s0muxck: i2s0_muxclk {
-			clocks = <&i2s0_clk>, <&i2s0_gclk>;
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <0>;
-		};
-
-		i2s1muxck: i2s1_muxclk {
-			clocks = <&i2s1_clk>, <&i2s1_gclk>;
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <1>;
-		};
+	pmc: pmc@f0018000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-pmc", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xf0018000 0x120>;
+		interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>;
+		#clock-cells = <2>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main_xtal>;
+		clock-names = "slow_clk", "main_xtal";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66f3697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+* Hisilicon Hi3670 Clock Controller
+
+The Hi3670 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the Hi3670 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: the compatible should be one of the following strings to
+	indicate the clock controller functionality.
+
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-crgctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-pctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-pmuctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-sctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-iomcu"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-media1-crg"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-media2-crg"
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.h>.
+
+Examples:
+	crg_ctrl: clock-controller@fff35000 {
+		compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670-crgctrl", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfff35000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	uart0: serial@fdf02000 {
+		compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfdf02000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 74 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&crg_ctrl HI3670_CLK_GATE_UART0>,
+			 <&crg_ctrl HI3670_PCLK>;
+		clock-names = "uartclk", "apb_pclk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
index a45ca67a..e130834 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,14 @@
 - interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
 - #clock-cells: Should be <1>
 
+Optional properties:
+- fsl,pmic-stby-poweroff: Configure CCM to assert PMIC_STBY_REQ signal
+  on power off.
+  Use this property if the SoC should be powered off by external power
+  management IC (PMIC) triggered via PMIC_STBY_REQ signal.
+  Boards that are designed to initiate poweroff on PMIC_ON_REQ signal should
+  be using "syscon-poweroff" driver instead.
+
 The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
 ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h
 for the full list of i.MX6 Quad and DualLite clock IDs.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt
index f8d4134..ba5a442 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,11 @@
 clocks.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "ingenic,<soctype>-cgu".
-  For example "ingenic,jz4740-cgu" or "ingenic,jz4780-cgu".
+- compatible : Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4740-cgu
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-cgu
+  * ingenic,jz4770-cgu
+  * ingenic,jz4780-cgu
 - reg : The address & length of the CGU registers.
 - clocks : List of phandle & clock specifiers for clocks external to the CGU.
   Two such external clocks should be specified - first the external crystal
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5eb669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Qualcomm Camera Clock & Reset Controller Binding
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : shall contain "qcom,sdm845-camcc".
+- reg : shall contain base register location and length.
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding, shall contain 1.
+- #reset-cells : from common reset binding, shall contain 1.
+- #power-domain-cells : from generic power domain binding, shall contain 1.
+
+Example:
+	camcc: clock-controller@ad00000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-camcc";
+		reg = <0xad00000 0x10000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
index 664ea1f..52d9345 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8996"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8998"
 			"qcom,gcc-mdm9615"
+			"qcom,gcc-qcs404"
+			"qcom,gcc-sdm630"
+			"qcom,gcc-sdm660"
 			"qcom,gcc-sdm845"
 
 - reg : shall contain base register location and length
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec02a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+High-Frequency PLL (HFPLL)
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>:
+		shall contain only one of the following. The generic
+		compatible "qcom,hfpll" should be also included.
+
+                        "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll"
+                        "qcom,hfpll-apq8064", "qcom,hfpll"
+                        "qcom,hfpll-msm8974", "qcom,hfpll"
+                        "qcom,hfpll-msm8960", "qcom,hfpll"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: address and size of HPLL registers. An optional second
+		    element specifies the address and size of the alias
+		    register region.
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: reference to the xo clock.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "xo".
+
+- clock-output-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: Name of the PLL. Typically hfpllX where X is a CPU number
+		    starting at 0. Otherwise hfpll_Y where Y is more specific
+		    such as "l2".
+
+Example:
+
+1) An HFPLL for the L2 cache.
+
+	clock-controller@f9016000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll";
+		reg = <0xf9016000 0x30>;
+		clocks = <&xo_board>;
+		clock-names = "xo";
+		clock-output-names = "hfpll_l2";
+	};
+
+2) An HFPLL for CPU0. This HFPLL has the alias register region.
+
+	clock-controller@f908a000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll";
+		reg = <0xf908a000 0x30>, <0xf900a000 0x30>;
+		clocks = <&xo_board>;
+		clock-names = "xo";
+		clock-output-names = "hfpll0";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..030ba60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Krait Clock Controller
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+			"qcom,krait-cc-v1"
+			"qcom,krait-cc-v2"
+
+- #clock-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: must be 1
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: reference to the clock parents of hfpll, secondary muxes.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "hfpll0", "hfpll1", "acpu0_aux", "acpu1_aux", "qsb".
+
+Example:
+
+	kraitcc: clock-controller {
+		compatible = "qcom,krait-cc-v1";
+		clocks = <&hfpll0>, <&hfpll1>, <&acpu0_aux>, <&acpu1_aux>, <qsb>;
+		clock-names = "hfpll0", "hfpll1", "acpu0_aux", "acpu1_aux", "qsb";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt
index db542ab..916a601 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt
@@ -13,9 +13,13 @@
 
 Required Properties:
   - compatible: Must be one of:
+      - "renesas,r7s9210-cpg-mssr" for the r7s9210 SoC (RZ/A2)
       - "renesas,r8a7743-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7743 SoC (RZ/G1M)
+      - "renesas,r8a7744-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7744 SoC (RZ/G1N)
       - "renesas,r8a7745-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7745 SoC (RZ/G1E)
       - "renesas,r8a77470-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77470 SoC (RZ/G1C)
+      - "renesas,r8a774a1-cpg-mssr" for the r8a774a1 SoC (RZ/G2M)
+      - "renesas,r8a774c0-cpg-mssr" for the r8a774c0 SoC (RZ/G2E)
       - "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7790 SoC (R-Car H2)
       - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7791 SoC (R-Car M2-W)
       - "renesas,r8a7792-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7792 SoC (R-Car V2H)
@@ -35,12 +39,13 @@
   - clocks: References to external parent clocks, one entry for each entry in
     clock-names
   - clock-names: List of external parent clock names. Valid names are:
-      - "extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792,
-		 r8a7793, r8a7794, r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970,
-		 r8a77980, r8a77990, r8a77995)
-      - "extalr" (r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980)
-      - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7793,
-		     r8a7794)
+      - "extal" (r7s9210, r8a7743, r8a7744, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a774a1,
+		 r8a774c0, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792, r8a7793, r8a7794,
+		 r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980, r8a77990,
+		 r8a77995)
+      - "extalr" (r8a774a1, r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980)
+      - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7744, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791,
+		     r8a7793, r8a7794)
 
   - #clock-cells: Must be 2
       - For CPG core clocks, the two clock specifier cells must be "CPG_CORE"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
index 8855bfc..d90e17e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
@@ -29,15 +29,15 @@
   in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.2
   Source_Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow
   the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power source and power dual role.
-  User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR() defined in
-  dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
+  User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO()
+  defined in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
 - sink-pdos: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power
   sink data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found
   in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.3
   Sink Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow
   the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power sink and power dual role.
-  User can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR() defined in
-  dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
+  User can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO() defined
+  in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
 - op-sink-microwatt: Sink required operating power in microwatt, if source
   can't offer the power, Capability Mismatch is set. Required for power
   sink and power dual role.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa06ac..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-Generic ARM big LITTLE cpufreq driver's DT glue
------------------------------------------------
-
-This is DT specific glue layer for generic cpufreq driver for big LITTLE
-systems.
-
-Both required and optional properties listed below must be defined
-under node /cpus/cpu@x. Where x is the first cpu inside a cluster.
-
-FIXME: Cpus should boot in the order specified in DT and all cpus for a cluster
-must be present contiguously. Generic DT driver will check only node 'x' for
-cpu:x.
-
-Required properties:
-- operating-points: Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
-  for details
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock,
-  in unit of nanoseconds.
-
-Examples:
-
-cpus {
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-
-	cpu@0 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <0>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-		operating-points = <
-			/* kHz    uV */
-			792000  1100000
-			396000  950000
-			198000  850000
-		>;
-		clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */
-	};
-
-	cpu@1 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <1>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <100>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-		operating-points = <
-			/* kHz    uV */
-			792000  950000
-			396000  750000
-			198000  450000
-		>;
-		clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */
-	};
-
-	cpu@101 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <101>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt
index 78d2db9..d28fd1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 Example:
 
-p1_sec_a: crypto@400,d2000000 {
+p1_sec_a: crypto@400d2000000 {
 	compatible = "hisilicon,hip07-sec";
 	reg = <0x400 0xd0000000 0x0 0x10000
 	       0x400 0xd2000000 0x0 0x10000
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae79412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+==================
+C-SKY CPU Bindings
+==================
+
+The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through
+the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu")
+defining properties for every cpu.
+
+Only SMP system need to care about the cpus node and single processor
+needn't define cpus node at all.
+
+=====================================
+cpus and cpu node bindings definition
+=====================================
+
+- cpus node
+
+	Description: Container of cpu nodes
+
+	The node name must be "cpus".
+
+	A cpus node must define the following properties:
+
+	- #address-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be set to 1
+	- #size-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be set to 0
+
+- cpu node
+
+	Description: Describes one of SMP cores
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- device_type
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "cpu"
+	- reg
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: CPU index
+	- compatible:
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must contain "csky", eg:
+			"csky,610"
+			"csky,807"
+			"csky,810"
+			"csky,860"
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		cpu@0 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			reg = <0>;
+			status = "ok";
+		};
+
+		cpu@1 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			reg = <1>;
+			status = "ok";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt
index 82f2acb..0398aec 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,13 @@
  to external devices using the OF graph reprensentation (see ../graph.txt).
  At least one port node is required.
 
+Optional properties in grandchild nodes:
+ Any endpoint grandchild node may specify a desired video interface
+ according to ../../media/video-interfaces.txt, specifically
+ - bus-width: recognized values are <12>, <16>, <18> and <24>, and
+   override any output mode selection heuristic, forcing "rgb444",
+   "rgb565", "rgb666" and "rgb888" respectively.
+
 Example:
 
 	hlcdc: hlcdc@f0030000 {
@@ -50,3 +57,19 @@
 			#pwm-cells = <3>;
 		};
 	};
+
+Example 2: With a video interface override to force rgb565; as above
+but with these changes/additions:
+
+	&hlcdc {
+		hlcdc-display-controller {
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_base &pinctrl_lcd_rgb565>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				hlcdc_panel_output: endpoint@0 {
+					bus-width = <16>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt
index fd39ad3..5022019 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,13 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: Must be "lvds-encoder"
+- compatible: Must be one or more of the following
+  - "ti,ds90c185" for the TI DS90C185 FPD-Link Serializer
+  - "lvds-encoder" for a generic LVDS encoder device
+
+  When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
+  device-specific version corresponding to the device first
+  followed by the generic version.
 
 Required nodes:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt
index 4f0ab3e..3aeb0ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt
@@ -14,10 +14,22 @@
   - "renesas,r8a7795-lvds" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a7796-lvds" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a77970-lvds" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a77980-lvds" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a77990-lvds" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a77995-lvds" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible LVDS encoders
 
 - reg: Base address and length for the memory-mapped registers
-- clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the functional clock
+- clocks: A list of phandles + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in
+  the clock-names property.
+- clock-names: Name of the clocks. This property is model-dependent.
+  - The functional clock, which mandatory for all models, shall be listed
+    first, and shall be named "fck".
+  - On R8A77990 and R8A77995, the LVDS encoder can use the EXTAL or
+    DU_DOTCLKINx clocks. Those clocks are optional. When supplied they must be
+    named "extal" and "dclkin.x" respectively, with "x" being the DU_DOTCLKIN
+    numerical index.
+  - When the clocks property only contains the functional clock, the
+    clock-names property may be omitted.
 - resets: A phandle + reset specifier for the module reset
 
 Required nodes:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a3fbb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+SN65DSI86 DSI to eDP bridge chip
+--------------------------------
+
+This is the binding for Texas Instruments SN65DSI86 bridge.
+http://www.ti.com/general/docs/lit/getliterature.tsp?genericPartNumber=sn65dsi86&fileType=pdf
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,sn65dsi86"
+- reg: i2c address of the chip, 0x2d as per datasheet
+- enable-gpios: gpio specification for bridge_en pin (active high)
+
+- vccio-supply: A 1.8V supply that powers up the digital IOs.
+- vpll-supply: A 1.8V supply that powers up the displayport PLL.
+- vcca-supply: A 1.2V supply that powers up the analog circuits.
+- vcc-supply: A 1.2V supply that powers up the digital core.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupts-extended: Specifier for the SN65DSI86 interrupt line.
+
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device has a GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells    : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and
+                   the second cell is used to specify flags.
+                   See ../../gpio/gpio.txt for more information.
+- #pwm-cells : Should be one. See ../../pwm/pwm.txt for description of
+               the cell formats.
+
+- clock-names: should be "refclk"
+- clocks: Specification for input reference clock. The reference
+	  clock rate must be 12 MHz, 19.2 MHz, 26 MHz, 27 MHz or 38.4 MHz.
+
+- data-lanes: See ../../media/video-interface.txt
+- lane-polarities: See ../../media/video-interface.txt
+
+- suspend-gpios: specification for GPIO1 pin on bridge (active low)
+
+Required nodes:
+This device has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the
+OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+
+- Video port 0 for DSI input
+- Video port 1 for eDP output
+
+Example
+-------
+
+edp-bridge@2d {
+	compatible = "ti,sn65dsi86";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0x2d>;
+
+	enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 33 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	suspend-gpios = <&msmgpio 34 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+	interrupts-extended = <&gpio3 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+	vccio-supply = <&pm8916_l17>;
+	vcca-supply = <&pm8916_l6>;
+	vpll-supply = <&pm8916_l17>;
+	vcc-supply = <&pm8916_l6>;
+
+	clock-names = "refclk";
+	clocks = <&input_refclk>;
+
+	ports {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		port@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			edp_bridge_in: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&dsi_out>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+
+			edp_bridge_out: endpoint {
+				data-lanes = <2 1 3 0>;
+				lane-polarities = <0 1 0 1>;
+				remote-endpoint = <&edp_panel_in>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f9abf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+TC358764 MIPI-DSI to LVDS panel bridge
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "toshiba,tc358764"
+  - reg: the virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral
+  - vddc-supply: core voltage supply, 1.2V
+  - vddio-supply: I/O voltage supply, 1.8V or 3.3V
+  - vddlvds-supply: LVDS1/2 voltage supply, 3.3V
+  - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin
+
+The device node can contain following 'port' child nodes,
+according to the OF graph bindings defined in [1]:
+  0: DSI Input, not required, if the bridge is DSI controlled
+  1: LVDS Output, mandatory
+
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	bridge@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		compatible = "toshiba,tc358764";
+		vddc-supply = <&vcc_1v2_reg>;
+		vddio-supply = <&vcc_1v8_reg>;
+		vddlvds-supply = <&vcc_3v3_reg>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpd1 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			lvds_ep: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&panel_ep>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt
index 2fff8b4..be37778 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,9 @@
   - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the oscillator clock
   - #address-cells, #size-cells: should be set respectively to <1> and <0>
     according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1])
+  - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst
+    mode
+  - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode
 
 Optional properties:
   - power-domains: a phandle to DSIM power domain node
@@ -29,25 +32,9 @@
   Should contain DSI peripheral nodes (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]).
 
 Video interfaces:
-  Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [2].
-  The following are properties specific to those nodes:
-
-  port node inbound:
-    - reg: (required) must be 0.
-  port node outbound:
-    - reg: (required) must be 1.
-
-  endpoint node connected from mic node (reg = 0):
-    - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in mic node. This node is required
-		       for Exynos5433 mipi dsi. So mic can access to panel node
-		       throughout this dsi node.
-  endpoint node connected to panel node (reg = 1):
-    - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel node. This node is
-		       required in all kinds of exynos mipi dsi to represent
-		       the connection between mipi dsi and panel.
-    - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst
-      mode
-    - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode
+  Device node can contain following video interface port nodes according to [2]:
+  0: RGB input,
+  1: DSI output
 
 [1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
 [2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
index 973c272..a336599 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 host. Experience shows that this is true for the large majority of setups.
 
 DSI host
---------
+========
 
 In addition to the standard properties and those defined by the parent bus of
 a DSI host, the following properties apply to a node representing a DSI host.
@@ -29,12 +29,24 @@
 - #size-cells: Should be 0. There are cases where it makes sense to use a
   different value here. See below.
 
-DSI peripheral
---------------
+Optional properties:
+- clock-master: boolean. Should be enabled if the host is being used in
+  conjunction with another DSI host to drive the same peripheral. Hardware
+  supporting such a configuration generally requires the data on both the busses
+  to be driven by the same clock. Only the DSI host instance controlling this
+  clock should contain this property.
 
-Peripherals are represented as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties
-described here apply to all DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want
-to define additional, device-specific properties.
+DSI peripheral
+==============
+
+Peripherals with DSI as control bus, or no control bus
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+Peripherals with the DSI bus as the primary control bus, or peripherals with
+no control bus but use the DSI bus to transmit pixel data are represented
+as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties described here apply to all
+DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want to define additional,
+device-specific properties.
 
 Required properties:
 - reg: The virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral. Must be in the range
@@ -49,9 +61,37 @@
   property is the number of the first virtual channel and the second cell is
   the number of consecutive virtual channels.
 
-Example
--------
+Peripherals with a different control bus
+----------------------------------------
 
+There are peripherals that have I2C/SPI (or some other non-DSI bus) as the
+primary control bus, but are also connected to a DSI bus (mostly for the data
+path). Connections between such peripherals and a DSI host can be represented
+using the graph bindings [1], [2].
+
+Peripherals that support dual channel DSI
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Peripherals with higher bandwidth requirements can be connected to 2 DSI
+busses. Each DSI bus/channel drives some portion of the pixel data (generally
+left/right half of each line of the display, or even/odd lines of the display).
+The graph bindings should be used to represent the multiple DSI busses that are
+connected to this peripheral. Each DSI host's output endpoint can be linked to
+an input endpoint of the DSI peripheral.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Examples
+========
+- (1), (2) and (3) are examples of a DSI host and peripheral on the DSI bus
+  with different virtual channel configurations.
+- (4) is an example of a peripheral on a I2C control bus connected to a
+  DSI host using of-graph bindings.
+- (5) is an example of 2 DSI hosts driving a dual-channel DSI peripheral,
+  which uses I2C as its primary control bus.
+
+1)
 	dsi-host {
 		...
 
@@ -67,6 +107,7 @@
 		...
 	};
 
+2)
 	dsi-host {
 		...
 
@@ -82,6 +123,7 @@
 		...
 	};
 
+3)
 	dsi-host {
 		...
 
@@ -96,3 +138,98 @@
 
 		...
 	};
+
+4)
+	i2c-host {
+		...
+
+		dsi-bridge@35 {
+			compatible = "...";
+			reg = <0x35>;
+
+			ports {
+				...
+
+				port {
+					bridge_mipi_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&host_mipi_out>;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dsi-host {
+		...
+
+		ports {
+			...
+
+			port {
+				host_mipi_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&bridge_mipi_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+5)
+	i2c-host {
+		dsi-bridge@35 {
+			compatible = "...";
+			reg = <0x35>;
+
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+
+				port@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					dsi0_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_out>;
+					};
+				};
+
+				port@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					dsi1_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_out>;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dsi0-host {
+		...
+
+		/*
+		 * this DSI instance drives the clock for both the host
+		 * controllers
+		 */
+		clock-master;
+
+		ports {
+			...
+
+			port {
+				dsi0_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dsi1-host {
+		...
+
+		ports {
+			...
+
+			port {
+				dsi1_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..513f034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Innolux P120ZDG-BF1 12.02 inch eDP 2K display panel
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "innolux,p120zdg-bf1"
+- power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage
+
+Optional properties:
+- enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
+- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+- no-hpd: If HPD isn't hooked up; add this property.
+
+Example:
+	panel_edp: panel-edp {
+		compatible = "innolux,p120zdg-bf1";
+		enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		power-supply = <&pm8916_l2>;
+		backlight = <&backlight>;
+		no-hpd;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a9b3526..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-Innolux TV123WAM 12.3 inch eDP 2K display panel
-
-This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
-in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "innolux,tv123wam"
-- power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage
-
-Optional properties:
-- enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
-- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
-
-Example:
-	panel_edp: panel-edp {
-		compatible = "innolux,tv123wam";
-		enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		power-supply = <&pm8916_l2>;
-		backlight = <&backlight>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt
index 45a457a..b2b872c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@
 - ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
 - enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
 - backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+- no-hpd: This panel is supposed to communicate that it's ready via HPD
+  (hot plug detect) signal, but the signal isn't hooked up so we should
+  hardcode the max delay from the panel spec when powering up the panel.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt
index ec9d34be..9de67be 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
     - "renesas,du-r8a7796" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a77965" for R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible DU
 
   - reg: the memory-mapped I/O registers base address and length
@@ -61,6 +63,8 @@
  R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W)   DPAD 0         HDMI 0         LVDS 0         -
  R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N)  DPAD 0         HDMI 0         LVDS 0         -
  R8A77970 (R-Car V3M)   DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
+ R8A77980 (R-Car V3H)   DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
+ R8A77990 (R-Car E3)    DPAD 0         LVDS 0         LVDS 1         -
  R8A77995 (R-Car D3)    DPAD 0         LVDS 0         LVDS 1         -
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt
index eeda359..b79e576 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,9 @@
 - compatible: value should be one of the following
 		"rockchip,rk3036-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3126-vop";
+		"rockchip,px30-vop-lit";
+		"rockchip,px30-vop-big";
+		"rockchip,rk3188-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3288-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3368-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3366-vop";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt
index f8773ec..7854fff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt
@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@
 
   - compatible: value must be one of:
     * "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi"
+    * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-dw-hdmi", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi"
   - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region
   - reg-io-width: See dw_hdmi.txt. Shall be 1.
   - interrupts: HDMI interrupt number
@@ -96,6 +97,9 @@
     first port should be the input endpoint. The second should be the
     output, usually to an HDMI connector.
 
+Optional properties:
+  - hvcc-supply: the VCC power supply of the controller
+
 DWC HDMI PHY
 ------------
 
@@ -103,6 +107,7 @@
   - compatible: value must be one of:
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-hdmi-phy
     * allwinner,sun8i-h3-hdmi-phy
+    * allwinner,sun8i-r40-hdmi-phy
     * allwinner,sun50i-a64-hdmi-phy
   - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region
   - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the HDMI PHY
@@ -112,9 +117,9 @@
   - resets: phandle to the reset controller driving the PHY
   - reset-names: must be "phy"
 
-H3 and A64 HDMI PHY require additional clocks:
+H3, A64 and R40 HDMI PHY require additional clocks:
   - pll-0: parent of phy clock
-  - pll-1: second possible phy clock parent (A64 only)
+  - pll-1: second possible phy clock parent (A64/R40 only)
 
 TV Encoder
 ----------
@@ -151,6 +156,8 @@
    * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-tcon
    * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-lcd
    * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-tv
+   * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-tcon-lcd", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-lcd"
+   * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-tcon-tv", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-tv"
  - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region
  - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP
  - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the TCON.
@@ -369,7 +376,11 @@
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-0
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-1
     * allwinner,sun8i-h3-de2-mixer-0
+    * allwinner,sun8i-r40-de2-mixer-0
+    * allwinner,sun8i-r40-de2-mixer-1
     * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-de2-mixer
+    * allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-mixer-0
+    * allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-mixer-1
   - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
   - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the mixer
     * bus: the mixer interface clock
@@ -403,6 +414,7 @@
     * allwinner,sun8i-r40-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-engine
+    * allwinner,sun50i-a64-display-engine
 
   - allwinner,pipelines: list of phandle to the display engine
     frontends (DE 1.0) or mixers (DE 2.0) available.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
index 03e9cf7..636fcb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
@@ -2,8 +2,13 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: Should be "ingenic,jz4780-dma"
-- reg: Should contain the DMA controller registers location and length.
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4740-dma
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-dma
+  * ingenic,jz4770-dma
+  * ingenic,jz4780-dma
+- reg: Should contain the DMA channel registers location and length, followed
+  by the DMA controller registers location and length.
 - interrupts: Should contain the interrupt specifier of the DMA controller.
 - clocks: Should contain a clock specifier for the JZ4780 PDMA clock.
 - #dma-cells: Must be <2>. Number of integer cells in the dmas property of
@@ -19,9 +24,10 @@
 
 Example:
 
-dma: dma@13420000 {
+dma: dma-controller@13420000 {
 	compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-dma";
-	reg = <0x13420000 0x10000>;
+	reg = <0x13420000 0x400
+	       0x13421000 0x40>;
 
 	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
 	interrupts = <10>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
index 946229c..a5a7c3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 - compatible: "renesas,dmac-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-dmac" as fallback.
 	      Examples with soctypes are:
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
index 482e5436..1743017 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 -compatible: "renesas,<soctype>-usb-dmac", "renesas,usb-dmac" as fallback.
 	Examples with soctypes are:
 	  - "renesas,r8a7743-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1M)
+	  - "renesas,r8a7744-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1N)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7745-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1E)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7790-usb-dmac" (R-Car H2)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7791-usb-dmac" (R-Car M2-W)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
index fcf6979..41f133a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
@@ -7,16 +7,23 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: must contain one of the following:
- * "qcom,scm-apq8064" for APQ8064 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-msm8660" for MSM8660 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-msm8690" for MSM8690 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-msm8996" for MSM8996 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-ipq4019" for IPQ4019 platforms
- * "qcom,scm" for later processors (MSM8916, APQ8084, MSM8974, etc)
-- clocks: One to three clocks may be required based on compatible.
- * No clock required for "qcom,scm-msm8996", "qcom,scm-ipq4019"
- * Only core clock required for "qcom,scm-apq8064", "qcom,scm-msm8660", and "qcom,scm-msm8960"
- * Core, iface, and bus clocks required for "qcom,scm"
+ * "qcom,scm-apq8064"
+ * "qcom,scm-apq8084"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8660"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8916"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8960"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8974"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8996"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8998"
+ * "qcom,scm-ipq4019"
+ * "qcom,scm-sdm845"
+ and:
+ * "qcom,scm"
+- clocks: Specifies clocks needed by the SCM interface, if any:
+ * core clock required for "qcom,scm-apq8064", "qcom,scm-msm8660" and
+   "qcom,scm-msm8960"
+ * core, iface and bus clocks required for "qcom,scm-apq8084",
+   "qcom,scm-msm8916" and "qcom,scm-msm8974"
 - clock-names: Must contain "core" for the core clock, "iface" for the interface
   clock and "bus" for the bus clock per the requirements of the compatible.
 - qcom,dload-mode: phandle to the TCSR hardware block and offset of the
@@ -26,8 +33,10 @@
 
 	firmware {
 		scm {
-			compatible = "qcom,scm";
-			clocks = <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_CLK> , <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AXI_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AHB_CLK>;
+			compatible = "qcom,msm8916", "qcom,scm";
+			clocks = <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_CLK> ,
+				 <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AXI_CLK>,
+				 <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AHB_CLK>;
 			clock-names = "core", "bus", "iface";
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..614bac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Bindings for the Xilinx Zynq MPSoC Firmware Interface
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The zynqmp-firmware node describes the interface to platform firmware.
+ZynqMP has an interface to communicate with secure firmware. Firmware
+driver provides an interface to firmware APIs. Interface APIs can be
+used by any driver to communicate to PMUFW(Platform Management Unit).
+These requests include clock management, pin control, device control,
+power management service, FPGA service and other platform management
+services.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:	Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-firmware"
+ - method:	The method of calling the PM-API firmware layer.
+		Permitted values are:
+		  - "smc" : SMC #0, following the SMCCC
+		  - "hvc" : HVC #0, following the SMCCC
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Clock bindings for the Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC controlled using
+Zynq MPSoC firmware interface
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The clock controller is a h/w block of Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC clock
+tree. It reads required input clock frequencies from the devicetree and acts
+as clock provider for all clock consumers of PS clocks.
+
+See clock_bindings.txt for more information on the generic clock bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+ - #clock-cells:	Must be 1
+ - compatible:		Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-clk"
+ - clocks:		List of clock specifiers which are external input
+			clocks to the given clock controller. Please refer
+			the next section to find the input clocks for a
+			given controller.
+ - clock-names:		List of clock names which are exteral input clocks
+			to the given clock controller. Please refer to the
+			clock bindings for more details.
+
+Input clocks for zynqmp Ultrascale+ clock controller:
+
+The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC has one primary and four alternative reference clock
+inputs. These required clock inputs are:
+ - pss_ref_clk (PS reference clock)
+ - video_clk (reference clock for video system )
+ - pss_alt_ref_clk (alternative PS reference clock)
+ - aux_ref_clk
+ - gt_crx_ref_clk (transceiver reference clock)
+
+The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in
+order to provide an optional (E)MIO clock source:
+ - swdt0_ext_clk
+ - swdt1_ext_clk
+ - gem0_emio_clk
+ - gem1_emio_clk
+ - gem2_emio_clk
+ - gem3_emio_clk
+ - mio_clk_XX		# with XX = 00..77
+ - mio_clk_50_or_51	#for the mux clock to gem tsu from 50 or 51
+
+
+Output clocks are registered based on clock information received
+from firmware. Output clocks indexes are mentioned in
+include/dt-bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.h.
+
+-------
+Example
+-------
+
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+		method = "smc";
+		zynqmp_clk: clock-controller {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-clk";
+			clocks = <&pss_ref_clk>, <&video_clk>, <&pss_alt_ref_clk>, <&aux_ref_clk>, <&gt_crx_ref_clk>;
+			clock-names = "pss_ref_clk", "video_clk", "pss_alt_ref_clk","aux_ref_clk", "gt_crx_ref_clk";
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
index 6db8aed..90c4469 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
 			firmware-name = "base.rbf";
 
 			fpga-bridge@4400 {
-				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge";
+				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge-controller";
 				reg = <0x4400 0x10>;
 
 				fpga_region1: fpga-region1 {
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
 			};
 
 			fpga-bridge@4420 {
-				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge";
+				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge-controller";
 				reg = <0x4420 0x10>;
 
 				fpga_region2: fpga-region2 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
index fbb0a6d..3e4bcc2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties :
 
  - compatible : should be "snps,designware-i2c"
+                or "mscc,ocelot-i2c" with "snps,designware-i2c" for fallback
  - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
  - interrupts : <IRQ> where IRQ is the interrupt number.
 
@@ -11,8 +12,12 @@
  - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
 
 Optional properties :
+ - reg : for "mscc,ocelot-i2c", a second register set to configure the SDA hold
+   time, named ICPU_CFG:TWI_DELAY in the datasheet.
+
  - i2c-sda-hold-time-ns : should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds.
-   This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer.
+   This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer and
+   on Microsemi SoCs ("mscc,ocelot-i2c" compatible).
 
  - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds.
    This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tLOW period.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt
index 091c8df..b245363 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible :
   - "fsl,imx7ulp-lpi2c" for LPI2C compatible with the one integrated on i.MX7ULP soc
+  - "fsl,imx8qxp-lpi2c" for LPI2C compatible with the one integrated on i.MX8QXP soc
 - reg : address and length of the lpi2c master registers
 - interrupts : lpi2c interrupt
 - clocks : lpi2c clock specifier
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
index 7e49839..4b90ba9f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 I2C for OMAP platforms
 
 Required properties :
-- compatible : Must be "ti,omap2420-i2c", "ti,omap2430-i2c", "ti,omap3-i2c"
-  or "ti,omap4-i2c"
+- compatible : Must be
+	"ti,omap2420-i2c" for OMAP2420 SoCs
+	"ti,omap2430-i2c" for OMAP2430 SoCs
+	"ti,omap3-i2c" for OMAP3 SoCs
+	"ti,omap4-i2c" for OMAP4+ SoCs
+	"ti,am654-i2c", "ti,omap4-i2c" for AM654 SoCs
 - ti,hwmods : Must be "i2c<n>", n being the instance number (1-based)
 - #address-cells = <1>;
 - #size-cells = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
index 39cd21d..30c0485 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible:
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7743" if the device is a part of a R8A7743 SoC.
+	"renesas,i2c-r8a7744" if the device is a part of a R8A7744 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7745" if the device is a part of a R8A7745 SoC.
+	"renesas,i2c-r8a77470" if the device is a part of a R8A77470 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of a R8A774A1 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7778" if the device is a part of a R8A7778 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7779" if the device is a part of a R8A7779 SoC.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
index 872673a..d81b626 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+			- "renesas,iic-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
index 1126398..44efafd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 used by the device. I2C core will assign "irq" interrupt (or the very first
 interrupt if not using interrupt names) as primary interrupt for the slave.
 
-Alternatively, devices supporting SMbus Host Notify, and connected to
+Alternatively, devices supporting SMBus Host Notify, and connected to
 adapters that support this feature, may use "host-notify" property. I2C
 core will create a virtual interrupt for Host Notify and assign it as
 primary interrupt for the slave.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a289964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Analog Devices ADXL372 3-Axis, +/-(200g) Digital Accelerometer
+
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/adxl372.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : should be "adi,adxl372"
+ - reg: the I2C address or SPI chip select number for the device
+
+Required properties for SPI bus usage:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+
+Optional properties:
+ - interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ as documented in
+   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Example for a I2C device node:
+
+	accelerometer@53 {
+		compatible = "adi,adxl372";
+		reg = <0x53>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	};
+
+Example for a SPI device node:
+
+	accelerometer@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,adxl372";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3071f48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* Microchip MCP3911 Dual channel analog front end (ADC)
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "microchip,mcp3911"
+ - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
+	 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt.
+	 Max frequency for this chip is 20MHz.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - clocks: Phandle and clock identifier for sampling clock
+ - interrupt-parent: Phandle to the parent interrupt controller
+ - interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC
+ - microchip,device-addr: Device address when multiple MCP3911 chips are present on the
+	same SPI bus. Valid values are 0-3. Defaults to 0.
+ - vref-supply: Phandle to the external reference voltage supply.
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "microchip,mcp3911";
+	reg = <0>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>;
+	interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <20000000>;
+	microchip,device-addr = <0>;
+	vref-supply = <&vref_reg>;
+	clocks = <&xtal>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
index 0fb4613..b3c86f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
-Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC voltage ADC
+Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC ADC
 
-SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read
-voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC.
+- SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read
+  voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC.
+- SPMI PMIC5 voltage ADC (ADC) provides interface to clients to read
+  voltage. The VADC is a 16-bit sigma-delta ADC.
 
 VADC node:
 
@@ -9,11 +11,13 @@
     Usage: required
     Value type: <string>
     Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-vadc".
+                Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc5" for PMIC5 ADC driver.
+                Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2" for PMIC rev2 ADC driver.
 
 - reg:
     Usage: required
     Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-    Definition: VADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map.
+    Definition: VADC base address in the SPMI PMIC register map.
 
 - #address-cells:
     Usage: required
@@ -45,13 +49,26 @@
     Definition: ADC channel number.
             See include/dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h
 
+- label:
+    Usage: required for "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2"
+    Value type: <empty>
+    Definition: ADC input of the platform as seen in the schematics.
+            For thermistor inputs connected to generic AMUX or GPIO inputs
+            these can vary across platform for the same pins. Hence select
+            the platform schematics name for this channel.
+
 - qcom,decimation:
     Usage: optional
     Value type: <u32>
     Definition: This parameter is used to decrease ADC sampling rate.
             Quicker measurements can be made by reducing decimation ratio.
-            Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096.
-            If property is not found, default value of 512 will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", valid values are
+              512, 1024, 2048, 4096. If property is not found, default value
+              of 512 will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5", valid values are 250, 420
+              and 840. If property is not found, default value of 840 is used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2", valid values are 256,
+              512 and 1024. If property is not present, default value is 1024.
 
 - qcom,pre-scaling:
     Usage: optional
@@ -66,21 +83,38 @@
 - qcom,ratiometric:
     Usage: optional
     Value type: <empty>
-    Definition: Channel calibration type. If this property is specified
-            VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for channel
-            calibration. If property is not found, channel will be
-            calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also
-            known as absolute calibration.
+    Definition: Channel calibration type.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", if this property is
+              specified VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for
+              channel calibration. If property is not found, channel will be
+              calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also
+              known as absolute calibration.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2",
+              if this property is specified VADC will use the VDD reference
+              (1.875V) and GND for channel calibration. If property is not found,
+              channel will be calibrated with 0V and 1.25V reference channels,
+              also known as absolute calibration.
 
 - qcom,hw-settle-time:
     Usage: optional
     Value type: <u32>
     Definition: Time between AMUX getting configured and the ADC starting
-            conversion. Delay = 100us * (value) for value < 11, and
-            2ms * (value - 10) otherwise.
-            Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
-            900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms
-            If property is not found, channel will use 0us.
+            conversion. The 'hw_settle_time' is an index used from valid values
+            and programmed in hardware to achieve the hardware settling delay.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2",
+              Delay = 100us * (hw_settle_time) for hw_settle_time < 11,
+              and 2ms * (hw_settle_time - 10) otherwise.
+              Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
+              900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms.
+              If property is not found, channel will use 0us.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5", delay = 15us for
+              value 0, 100us * (value) for values < 11,
+              and 2ms * (value - 10) otherwise.
+              Valid values are: 15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
+              900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms
+              Certain controller digital versions have valid values of
+              15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 ms
+              If property is not found, channel will use 15us.
 
 - qcom,avg-samples:
     Usage: optional
@@ -89,13 +123,18 @@
             Averaging provides the option to obtain a single measurement
             from the ADC that is an average of multiple samples. The value
             selected is 2^(value).
-            Valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512
-            If property is not found, 1 sample will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", valid values
+              are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512
+              If property is not found, 1 sample will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2",
+              valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
+              If property is not found, 1 sample will be used.
 
 NOTE:
 
-Following channels, also known as reference point channels, are used for
-result calibration and their channel configuration nodes should be defined:
+For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc" following channels, also known as
+reference point channels, are used for result calibration and their channel
+configuration nodes should be defined:
 VADC_REF_625MV and/or VADC_SPARE1(based on PMIC version) VADC_REF_1250MV,
 VADC_GND_REF and VADC_VDD_VADC.
 
@@ -104,7 +143,7 @@
 	/* VADC node */
 	pmic_vadc: vadc@3100 {
 		compatible = "qcom,spmi-vadc";
-		reg = <0x3100 0x100>;
+		reg = <0x3100>;
 		interrupts = <0x0 0x31 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
index 8aad960..b4daa15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
 - interrupts: The interrupt number for the ADC device.
 - #io-channel-cells: Number of cells in an IIO specifier.
 - hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node.
+- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration cells provided by eFuse device.
+- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "big_scale_calib", "small_scale_calib".
 
 Example:
 
@@ -32,5 +34,7 @@
 			interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 			#io-channel-cells = <1>;
 			hwlocks = <&hwlock 4>;
+			nvmem-cells = <&adc_big_scale>, <&adc_small_scale>;
+			nvmem-cell-names = "big_scale_calib", "small_scale_calib";
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
index bba01a5..2f607f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,9 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
+ - reset-gpios : GPIO spec for the RESET pin. If specified, it will be
+		 asserted during driver probe.
+
  - adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp: The dc-to-dc converter current limit
 		   The following values are currently supported [uA]:
 			* 150000
@@ -71,6 +74,8 @@
 		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
 		spi-cpha;
 
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 22 0>;
+
 		adi,dc-dc-mode = <2>;
 		adi,range-microvolt = <0 10000000>;
 		adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp = <200000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5b5f22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Linear Technology Micropower octal 8-Bit and 10-Bit DACs
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Must be one of the following:
+		"lltc,ltc1660"
+		"lltc,ltc1665"
+ - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+ - vref-supply: Phandle to the voltage reference supply
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
+	 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt.
+	 Max frequency for this chip is 5 MHz.
+
+Example:
+dac@0 {
+	compatible = "lltc,ltc1660";
+	reg = <0>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+	vref-supply = <&vref_reg>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
index b2f27da..6ab9a9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
   bindings.
 
 Optional properties:
+ - vddio-supply: regulator phandle for VDDIO supply
  - mount-matrix: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix
  - i2c-gate node.  These devices also support an auxiliary i2c bus.  This is
    simple enough to be described using the i2c-gate binding. See
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
index ea2d6e0..879322a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
   "st,lsm6dsl"
   "st,lsm6dsm"
   "st,ism330dlc"
+  "st,lsm6dso"
 - reg: i2c address of the sensor / spi cs line
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e76857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+ROHM BH1750 - ALS, Ambient light sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of:
+    "rohm,bh1710"
+    "rohm,bh1715"
+    "rohm,bh1721"
+    "rohm,bh1750"
+    "rohm,bh1751"
+- reg: the I2C address of the sensor
+
+Example:
+
+light-sensor@23 {
+	compatible = "rohm,bh1750";
+	reg = <0x23>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c5e6f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+* AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible: Should be one of
+		"amstaos,tsl2571"
+		"amstaos,tsl2671"
+		"amstaos,tmd2671"
+		"amstaos,tsl2771"
+		"amstaos,tmd2771"
+		"amstaos,tsl2572"
+		"amstaos,tsl2672"
+		"amstaos,tmd2672"
+		"amstaos,tsl2772"
+		"amstaos,tmd2772"
+		"avago,apds9930"
+  - reg: the I2C address of the device
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - amstaos,proximity-diodes - proximity diodes to enable. <0>, <1>, or <0 1>
+                               are the only valid values.
+  - led-max-microamp - current for the proximity LED. Must be 100000, 50000,
+                       25000, or 13000.
+  - vdd-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor.
+  - vddio-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the bus.
+  - interrupts: the sole interrupt generated by the device
+
+  Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client
+  node bindings.
+
+Example:
+
+tsl2772@39 {
+	compatible = "amstaos,tsl2772";
+	reg = <0x39>;
+	interrupts-extended = <&msmgpio 61 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	vdd-supply = <&pm8941_l17>;
+	vddio-supply = <&pm8941_lvs1>;
+	amstaos,proximity-diodes = <0>;
+	led-max-microamp = <100000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aac5f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+ST VL53L0X ToF ranging sensor
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible: must be "st,vl53l0x"
+	- reg: i2c address where to find the device
+
+Example:
+
+vl53l0x@29 {
+	compatible = "st,vl53l0x";
+	reg = <0x29>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt
index 09145d1..88c775a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@
 
 	vibrator {
 		compatible = "pwm-vibrator";
-		pwms = <&pwm8 0 1000000000 0>,
-		       <&pwm9 0 1000000000 0>;
+		pwms = <&pwm9 0 1000000000 0>,
+                       <&pwm8 0 1000000000 0>;
 		pwm-names = "enable", "direction";
 		direction-duty-cycle-ns = <1000000000>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
index d092d5d..8641a2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 General Touchscreen Properties:
 
 Optional properties for Touchscreens:
+ - touchscreen-min-x		: minimum x coordinate reported (0 if not set)
+ - touchscreen-min-y		: minimum y coordinate reported (0 if not set)
  - touchscreen-size-x		: horizontal resolution of touchscreen
-				  (in pixels)
+				  (maximum x coordinate reported + 1)
  - touchscreen-size-y		: vertical resolution of touchscreen
-				  (in pixels)
+				  (maximum y coordinate reported + 1)
  - touchscreen-max-pressure	: maximum reported pressure (arbitrary range
 				  dependent on the controller)
  - touchscreen-min-pressure	: minimum pressure on the touchscreen to be
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44286dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+==============================
+C-SKY APB Interrupt Controller
+==============================
+
+C-SKY APB Interrupt Controller is a simple soc interrupt controller
+on the apb bus and we only use it as root irq controller.
+
+ - csky,apb-intc is used in a lot of csky fpgas and socs, it support 64 irq nums.
+ - csky,dual-apb-intc consists of 2 apb-intc and 128 irq nums supported.
+ - csky,gx6605s-intc is gx6605s soc internal irq interrupt controller, 64 irq nums.
+
+=============================
+intc node bindings definition
+=============================
+
+	Description: Describes APB interrupt controller
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,apb-intc"
+				    "csky,dual-apb-intc"
+				    "csky,gx6605s-intc"
+	- #interrupt-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be <1>
+	- reg
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32 u32>
+		Definition: <phyaddr size> in soc from cpu view
+	- interrupt-controller:
+		Usage: required
+	- csky,support-pulse-signal:
+		Usage: select
+		Description: to support pulse signal flag
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@500000 {
+		compatible = "csky,apb-intc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x00500000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@500000 {
+		compatible = "csky,dual-apb-intc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x00500000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@500000 {
+		compatible = "csky,gx6605s-intc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x00500000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab921f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+===========================================
+C-SKY Multi-processors Interrupt Controller
+===========================================
+
+C-SKY Multi-processors Interrupt Controller is designed for ck807/ck810/ck860
+SMP soc, and it also could be used in non-SMP system.
+
+Interrupt number definition:
+
+  0-15  : software irq, and we use 15 as our IPI_IRQ.
+ 16-31  : private  irq, and we use 16 as the co-processor timer.
+ 31-1024: common irq for soc ip.
+
+=============================
+intc node bindings definition
+=============================
+
+	Description: Describes SMP interrupt controller
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,mpintc"
+	- #interrupt-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be <1>
+	- interrupt-controller:
+		Usage: required
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller {
+		compatible = "csky,mpintc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt
index aa8bf2e..1c94a57 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@
 responsible for collecting all wired-interrupt sources in the CP and
 communicating them to the GIC in the AP, the unit translates interrupt
 requests on input wires to MSG memory mapped transactions to the GIC.
+These messages will access a different GIC memory area depending on
+their type (NSR, SR, SEI, REI, etc).
 
 Required properties:
 
@@ -12,20 +14,23 @@
 
 - reg: Should contain ICU registers location and length.
 
+Subnodes: Each group of interrupt is declared as a subnode of the ICU,
+with their own compatible.
+
+Required properties for the icu_nsr/icu_sei subnodes:
+
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+              * "marvell,cp110-icu-nsr"
+	      * "marvell,cp110-icu-sr"
+	      * "marvell,cp110-icu-sei"
+	      * "marvell,cp110-icu-rei"
+
 - #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
-  interrupt source. The value shall be 3.
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 2.
 
-  The 1st cell is the group type of the ICU interrupt. Possible group
-  types are:
+  The 1st cell is the index of the interrupt in the ICU unit.
 
-   ICU_GRP_NSR (0x0) : Shared peripheral interrupt, non-secure
-   ICU_GRP_SR  (0x1) : Shared peripheral interrupt, secure
-   ICU_GRP_SEI (0x4) : System error interrupt
-   ICU_GRP_REI (0x5) : RAM error interrupt
-
-  The 2nd cell is the index of the interrupt in the ICU unit.
-
-  The 3rd cell is the type of the interrupt. See arm,gic.txt for
+  The 2nd cell is the type of the interrupt. See arm,gic.txt for
   details.
 
 - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt
@@ -35,17 +40,73 @@
   that allows to trigger interrupts using MSG memory mapped
   transactions.
 
+Note: each 'interrupts' property referring to any 'icu_xxx' node shall
+      have a different number within [0:206].
+
 Example:
 
 icu: interrupt-controller@1e0000 {
 	compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu";
-	reg = <0x1e0000 0x10>;
+	reg = <0x1e0000 0x440>;
+
+	CP110_LABEL(icu_nsr): interrupt-controller@10 {
+		compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu-nsr";
+		reg = <0x10 0x20>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		msi-parent = <&gicp>;
+	};
+
+	CP110_LABEL(icu_sei): interrupt-controller@50 {
+		compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu-sei";
+		reg = <0x50 0x10>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		msi-parent = <&sei>;
+	};
+};
+
+node1 {
+	interrupt-parent = <&icu_nsr>;
+	interrupts = <106 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
+
+node2 {
+	interrupt-parent = <&icu_sei>;
+	interrupts = <107 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
+
+/* Would not work with the above nodes */
+node3 {
+	interrupt-parent = <&icu_nsr>;
+	interrupts = <107 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
+
+The legacy bindings were different in this way:
+
+- #interrupt-cells: The value was 3.
+	The 1st cell was the group type of the ICU interrupt. Possible
+	group types were:
+	ICU_GRP_NSR (0x0) : Shared peripheral interrupt, non-secure
+	ICU_GRP_SR  (0x1) : Shared peripheral interrupt, secure
+	ICU_GRP_SEI (0x4) : System error interrupt
+	ICU_GRP_REI (0x5) : RAM error interrupt
+	The 2nd cell was the index of the interrupt in the ICU unit.
+	The 3rd cell was the type of the interrupt. See arm,gic.txt for
+	details.
+
+Example:
+
+icu: interrupt-controller@1e0000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu";
+	reg = <0x1e0000 0x440>;
+
 	#interrupt-cells = <3>;
 	interrupt-controller;
 	msi-parent = <&gicp>;
 };
 
-usb3h0: usb3@500000 {
+node1 {
 	interrupt-parent = <&icu>;
 	interrupts = <ICU_GRP_NSR 106 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,sei.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,sei.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0beafed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,sei.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Marvell SEI (System Error Interrupt) Controller
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Marvell SEI (System Error Interrupt) controller is an interrupt
+aggregator. It receives interrupts from several sources and aggregates
+them to a single interrupt line (an SPI) on the parent interrupt
+controller.
+
+This interrupt controller can handle up to 64 SEIs, a set comes from the
+AP and is wired while a second set comes from the CPs by the mean of
+MSIs.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of:
+              * "marvell,ap806-sei"
+- reg: SEI registers location and length.
+- interrupts: identifies the parent IRQ that will be triggered.
+- #interrupt-cells: number of cells to define an SEI wired interrupt
+                    coming from the AP, should be 1. The cell is the IRQ
+                    number.
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+                        for AP interrupts.
+- msi-controller: identifies the node as an MSI controller for the CPs
+                  interrupts.
+
+Example:
+
+        sei: interrupt-controller@3f0200 {
+                compatible = "marvell,ap806-sei";
+                reg = <0x3f0200 0x40>;
+                interrupts = <GIC_SPI 0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+                #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+                interrupt-controller;
+                msi-controller;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
index a046ed3..8de96a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
@@ -2,10 +2,12 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: has to be "renesas,irqc-<soctype>", "renesas,irqc" as fallback.
+- compatible: must be "renesas,irqc-<soctype>" or "renesas,intc-ex-<soctype>",
+	      and "renesas,irqc" as fallback.
   Examples with soctypes are:
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+    - "renesas,irqc-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
@@ -19,6 +21,7 @@
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77980" (R-Car V3H)
+    - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
 - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in
   interrupts.txt in this directory
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
index df5db73..6922db5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
 - compatible : must be one of the following string:
 	"mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt2701 which uses generation one m4u HW.
 	"mediatek,mt2712-m4u" for mt2712 which uses generation two m4u HW.
+	"mediatek,mt7623-m4u", "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt7623 which uses
+						     generation one m4u HW.
 	"mediatek,mt8173-m4u" for mt8173 which uses generation two m4u HW.
 - reg : m4u register base and size.
 - interrupts : the interrupt of m4u.
@@ -51,7 +53,7 @@
 	according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2...
 - iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW.
 	Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in
-	dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701,
+	dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701, mt7623
 	dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, and
 	dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
index c6e2d85..377ee63 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a73a4" for the R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) IPMMU.
+    - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 (R-Car H2) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) IPMMU.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt
index 6e8a9ab..1232fc9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 		    "qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global",
 		    "qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global"
 		    "qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global"
 		    "qcom,sdm845-apss-shared"
 
 - reg:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a089a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Device-tree bindings for the VPU found in Allwinner SoCs, referred to as the
+Video Engine (VE) in Allwinner literature.
+
+The VPU can only access the first 256 MiB of DRAM, that are DMA-mapped starting
+from the DRAM base. This requires specific memory allocation and handling.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: must be one of the following compatibles:
+			- "allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun5i-a13-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun7i-a20-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun8i-a33-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun8i-h3-video-engine"
+- reg			: register base and length of VE;
+- clocks		: list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in
+			  the clock-names property;
+- clock-names		: should contain "ahb", "mod" and "ram" entries;
+- resets		: phandle for reset;
+- interrupts		: VE interrupt number;
+- allwinner,sram	: SRAM region to use with the VE.
+
+Optional properties:
+- memory-region		: CMA pool to use for buffers allocation instead of the
+			  default CMA pool.
+
+Example:
+
+reserved-memory {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges;
+
+	/* Address must be kept in the lower 256 MiBs of DRAM for VE. */
+	cma_pool: cma@4a000000 {
+		compatible = "shared-dma-pool";
+		size = <0x6000000>;
+		alloc-ranges = <0x4a000000 0x6000000>;
+		reusable;
+		linux,cma-default;
+	};
+};
+
+video-codec@1c0e000 {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-video-engine";
+	reg = <0x01c0e000 0x1000>;
+
+	clocks = <&ccu CLK_AHB_VE>, <&ccu CLK_VE>,
+		 <&ccu CLK_DRAM_VE>;
+	clock-names = "ahb", "mod", "ram";
+
+	resets = <&ccu RST_VE>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 53 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	allwinner,sram = <&ve_sram 1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2477e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Freescale Pixel Pipeline
+========================
+
+The Pixel Pipeline (PXP) is a memory-to-memory graphics processing engine
+that supports scaling, colorspace conversion, alpha blending, rotation, and
+pixel conversion via lookup table. Different versions are present on various
+i.MX SoCs from i.MX23 to i.MX7.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "fsl,<soc>-pxp", where SoC can be one of imx23, imx28,
+  imx6dl, imx6sl, imx6ul, imx6sx, imx6ull, or imx7d.
+- reg: the register base and size for the device registers
+- interrupts: the PXP interrupt, two interrupts for imx6ull and imx7d.
+- clock-names: should be "axi"
+- clocks: the PXP AXI clock
+
+Example:
+
+pxp@21cc000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx6ull-pxp";
+	reg = <0x021cc000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clock-names = "axi";
+	clocks = <&clks IMX6UL_CLK_PXP>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt
index 21ffb5e..5dddc95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,11 @@
     - "adi,adv7481" for the ADV7481
     - "adi,adv7482" for the ADV7482
 
-  - reg: I2C slave address
+  - reg: I2C slave addresses
+    The ADV748x has up to twelve 256-byte maps that can be accessed via the
+    main I2C ports. Each map has it own I2C address and acts as a standard
+    slave device on the I2C bus. The main address is mandatory, others are
+    optional and remain at default values if not specified.
 
 Optional Properties:
 
@@ -18,6 +22,11 @@
 		     "intrq3". All interrupts are optional. The "intrq3" interrupt
 		     is only available on the adv7481
   - interrupts: Specify the interrupt lines for the ADV748x
+  - reg-names : Names of maps with programmable addresses.
+		It shall contain all maps needing a non-default address.
+		Possible map names are:
+		  "main", "dpll", "cp", "hdmi", "edid", "repeater",
+		  "infoframe", "cbus", "cec", "sdp", "txa", "txb"
 
 The device node must contain one 'port' child node per device input and output
 port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in
@@ -47,7 +56,10 @@
 
 	video-receiver@70 {
 		compatible = "adi,adv7482";
-		reg = <0x70>;
+		reg = <0x70 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 0x75
+		       0x60 0x61 0x62 0x63 0x64 0x65>;
+		reg-names = "main", "dpll", "cp", "hdmi", "edid", "repeater",
+			    "infoframe", "cbus", "cec", "sdp", "txa", "txb";
 
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
@@ -73,7 +85,7 @@
 			};
 		};
 
-		port@10 {
+		port@a {
 			reg = <10>;
 
 			adv7482_txa: endpoint {
@@ -83,7 +95,7 @@
 			};
 		};
 
-		port@11 {
+		port@b {
 			reg = <11>;
 
 			adv7482_txb: endpoint {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt
index dcf57e7..b3e688b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 		 * other maps will retain their default addresses.
 		 */
 		reg = <0x4c>, <0x66>;
-		reg-names "main", "edid";
+		reg-names = "main", "edid";
 
 		reset-gpios = <&ioexp 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 		hpd-gpios = <&ioexp 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807-vcm.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807-vcm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt
index 3813947..044b119 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : must be one of the following string:
 	"mediatek,mt8173-jpgdec"
+	"mediatek,mt7623-jpgdec", "mediatek,mt2701-jpgdec"
 	"mediatek,mt2701-jpgdec"
 - reg : physical base address of the jpeg decoder registers and length of
   memory mapped region.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
index 2f42005..d329a4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 
  - compatible: Must be one or more of the following
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 device
+   - "renesas,vin-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7778" for the R8A7778 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt
index 8a7a616..3e2a265 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt
@@ -17,15 +17,19 @@
 The CEU supports a single parallel input and should contain a single 'port'
 subnode with a single 'endpoint'. Connection to input devices are modeled
 according to the video interfaces OF bindings specified in:
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
 
 Optional endpoint properties applicable to parallel input bus described in
 the above mentioned "video-interfaces.txt" file are supported.
 
-- hsync-active: Active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively.
-  If property is not present, default is active high.
-- vsync-active: Active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively.
-  If property is not present, default is active high.
+- hsync-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present,
+  default is active high.
+- vsync-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present,
+  default is active high.
+- bus-width: See [1] for description. Accepted values are '8' and '16'.
+  If property is not present, default is '8'.
+- field-even-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present,
+  an even field is identified by a logic 0 (active-low signal).
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35dc464
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+device-tree bindings for rockchip VPU codec
+
+Rockchip (Video Processing Unit) present in various Rockchip platforms,
+such as RK3288 and RK3399.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be one of the following
+		"rockchip,rk3288-vpu";
+		"rockchip,rk3399-vpu";
+- interrupts: encoding and decoding interrupt specifiers
+- interrupt-names: should be "vepu" and "vdpu"
+- clocks: phandle to VPU aclk, hclk clocks
+- clock-names: should be "aclk" and "hclk"
+- power-domains: phandle to power domain node
+- iommus: phandle to a iommu node
+
+Example:
+SoC-specific DT entry:
+	vpu: video-codec@ff9a0000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-vpu";
+		reg = <0x0 0xff9a0000 0x0 0x800>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "vepu", "vdpu";
+		clocks = <&cru ACLK_VCODEC>, <&cru HCLK_VCODEC>;
+		clock-names = "aclk", "hclk";
+		power-domains = <&power RK3288_PD_VIDEO>;
+		iommus = <&vpu_mmu>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
index baf9d97..f884ada 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
@@ -100,10 +100,12 @@
   slave device (data source) by the master device (data sink). In the master
   mode the data source device is also the source of the synchronization signals.
 - bus-type: data bus type. Possible values are:
-  0 - autodetect based on other properties (MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY, parallel or Bt656)
   1 - MIPI CSI-2 C-PHY
   2 - MIPI CSI1
   3 - CCP2
+  4 - MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY
+  5 - Parallel
+  6 - Bt.656
 - bus-width: number of data lines actively used, valid for the parallel busses.
 - data-shift: on the parallel data busses, if bus-width is used to specify the
   number of data lines, data-shift can be used to specify which data lines are
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
index 615abdd..e937ddd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 - compatible : must be one of :
 	"mediatek,mt2701-smi-common"
 	"mediatek,mt2712-smi-common"
+	"mediatek,mt7623-smi-common", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-common"
 	"mediatek,mt8173-smi-common"
 - reg : the register and size of the SMI block.
 - power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
index 083155c..94eddca 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 - compatible : must be one of :
 		"mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb"
 		"mediatek,mt2712-smi-larb"
+		"mediatek,mt7623-smi-larb", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb"
 		"mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb"
 - reg : the register and size of this local arbiter.
 - mediatek,smi : a phandle to the smi_common node.
@@ -16,7 +17,7 @@
 	    the register.
   - "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command.
 
-Required property for mt2701 and mt2712:
+Required property for mt2701, mt2712 and mt7623:
 - mediatek,larb-id :the hardware id of this larb.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
index 9b62831..148ef62 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 Also see child specific device properties:
   Regulator - ../regulator/arizona-regulator.txt
   Extcon    - ../extcon/extcon-arizona.txt
-  Sound     - ../sound/arizona.txt
+  Sound     - ../sound/wlf,arizona.txt
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-usart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f0cd72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-usart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+* Atmel Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (USART)
+
+Required properties for USART:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart" or "atmel,<chip>-dbgu"
+  The compatible <chip> indicated will be the first SoC to support an
+  additional mode or an USART new feature.
+  For the dbgu UART, use "atmel,<chip>-dbgu", "atmel,<chip>-usart"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt
+- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+	Required elements: "usart"
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
+
+Required properties for USART in SPI mode:
+- #size-cells      : Must be <0>
+- #address-cells   : Must be <1>
+- cs-gpios: chipselects (internal cs not supported)
+- atmel,usart-mode : Must be <AT91_USART_MODE_SPI> (found in dt-bindings/mfd/at91-usart.h)
+
+Optional properties in serial mode:
+- atmel,use-dma-rx: use of PDC or DMA for receiving data
+- atmel,use-dma-tx: use of PDC or DMA for transmitting data
+- {rts,cts,dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS/CTS/DTR/DSR/RI/DCD line respectively.
+  It will use specified PIO instead of the peripheral function pin for the USART feature.
+  If unsure, don't specify this property.
+- add dma bindings for dma transfer:
+	- dmas: DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to DMA controller node,
+		memory peripheral interface and USART DMA channel ID, FIFO configuration.
+		Refer to dma.txt and atmel-dma.txt for details.
+	- dma-names: "rx" for RX channel, "tx" for TX channel.
+- atmel,fifo-size: maximum number of data the RX and TX FIFOs can store for FIFO
+  capable USARTs.
+- rs485-rts-delay, rs485-rx-during-tx, linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: see rs485.txt
+
+<chip> compatible description:
+- at91rm9200:  legacy USART support
+- at91sam9260: generic USART implementation for SAM9 SoCs
+
+Example:
+- use PDC:
+	usart0: serial@fff8c000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
+		reg = <0xfff8c000 0x4000>;
+		interrupts = <7>;
+		clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
+		clock-names = "usart";
+		atmel,use-dma-rx;
+		atmel,use-dma-tx;
+		rts-gpios = <&pioD 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		cts-gpios = <&pioD 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		dtr-gpios = <&pioD 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		dsr-gpios = <&pioD 18 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		dcd-gpios = <&pioD 20 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		rng-gpios = <&pioD 19 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
+
+- use DMA:
+	usart0: serial@f001c000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
+		reg = <0xf001c000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <12 4 5>;
+		clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
+		clock-names = "usart";
+		atmel,use-dma-rx;
+		atmel,use-dma-tx;
+		dmas = <&dma0 2 0x3>,
+		       <&dma0 2 0x204>;
+		dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+		atmel,fifo-size = <32>;
+	};
+
+- SPI mode:
+	#include <dt-bindings/mfd/at91-usart.h>
+
+	spi0: spi@f001c000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-usart", "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
+		atmel,usart-mode = <AT91_USART_MODE_SPI>;
+		reg = <0xf001c000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 5>;
+		clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
+		clock-names = "usart";
+		cs-gpios = <&pioB 3 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt
index 6611a7c..01fdc33 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,25 @@
 such as network interfaces, crypto accelerator instances, L2 switches,
 etc.
 
+For an overview of the DPAA2 architecture and fsl-mc bus see:
+Documentation/networking/dpaa2/overview.rst
+
+As described in the above overview, all DPAA2 objects in a DPRC share the
+same hardware "isolation context" and a 10-bit value called an ICID
+(isolation context id) is expressed by the hardware to identify
+the requester.
+
+The generic 'iommus' property is insufficient to describe the relationship
+between ICIDs and IOMMUs, so an iommu-map property is used to define
+the set of possible ICIDs under a root DPRC and how they map to
+an IOMMU.
+
+For generic IOMMU bindings, see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt.
+
+For arm-smmu binding, see:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt.
+
 Required properties:
 
     - compatible
@@ -88,14 +107,34 @@
               Value type: <phandle>
               Definition: Specifies the phandle to the PHY device node associated
                           with the this dpmac.
+Optional properties:
+
+- iommu-map: Maps an ICID to an IOMMU and associated iommu-specifier
+  data.
+
+  The property is an arbitrary number of tuples of
+  (icid-base,iommu,iommu-base,length).
+
+  Any ICID i in the interval [icid-base, icid-base + length) is
+  associated with the listed IOMMU, with the iommu-specifier
+  (i - icid-base + iommu-base).
 
 Example:
 
+        smmu: iommu@5000000 {
+               compatible = "arm,mmu-500";
+               #iommu-cells = <1>;
+               stream-match-mask = <0x7C00>;
+               ...
+        };
+
         fsl_mc: fsl-mc@80c000000 {
                 compatible = "fsl,qoriq-mc";
                 reg = <0x00000008 0x0c000000 0 0x40>,    /* MC portal base */
                       <0x00000000 0x08340000 0 0x40000>; /* MC control reg */
                 msi-parent = <&its>;
+                /* define map for ICIDs 23-64 */
+                iommu-map = <23 &smmu 23 41>;
                 #address-cells = <3>;
                 #size-cells = <1>;
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lwn-bk4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lwn-bk4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a8c18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lwn-bk4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Liebherr's BK4 controller external SPI
+
+A device which handles data acquisition from compatible industrial
+peripherals.
+The SPI is used for data and management purposes in both master and
+slave modes.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be "lwn,bk4"
+
+Required SPI properties:
+
+- reg : Should be address of the device chip select within
+  the controller.
+
+- spi-max-frequency : Maximum SPI clocking speed of device in Hz, should be
+  30MHz at most for the Liebherr's BK4 external bus.
+
+Example:
+
+spidev0: spi@0 {
+	compatible = "lwn,bk4";
+	spi-max-frequency = <30000000>;
+	reg = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt
index 903a78d..3a9926f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 		reg = <1>;
 		clocks = <&clk32m>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
-		interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		vdd-supply = <&reg5v0>;
 		xceiver-supply = <&reg5v0>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
index 94a7f33..9936b9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,can-r8a7743" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a7744" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7744 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7745" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a774a1" if CAN controller is a part of R8A774A1 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7778" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7778 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7779" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7779 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7790" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
@@ -13,26 +15,32 @@
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7794" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7794 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7795" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7795 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7796" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7796 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a77965" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77965 SoC.
 	      "renesas,rcar-gen1-can" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device.
 	      "renesas,rcar-gen2-can" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1
 	      compatible device.
-	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
+	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	      compatible device.
 	      When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	      SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
 	      followed by the generic version.
 
 - reg: physical base address and size of the R-Car CAN register map.
 - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt.
-- clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs.
-- clock-names: 3 clock input name strings: "clkp1", "clkp2", "can_clk".
+- clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 2 CAN clock inputs for RZ/G2
+	  devices.
+	  phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs for every other
+	  SoC.
+- clock-names: 2 clock input name strings for RZ/G2: "clkp1", "can_clk".
+	       3 clock input name strings for every other SoC: "clkp1", "clkp2",
+	       "can_clk".
 - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller.
 - pinctrl-names: must be "default".
 
-Required properties for "renesas,can-r8a7795" and "renesas,can-r8a7796"
-compatible:
-In R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock
-and can be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to
-be scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done
+Required properties for R8A7795, R8A7796 and R8A77965:
+For the denoted SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock and can
+be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to be
+scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done
 using the below properties:
 
 - assigned-clocks: phandle of clkp2(CANFD) clock.
@@ -41,8 +49,9 @@
 Optional properties:
 - renesas,can-clock-select: R-Car CAN Clock Source Select. Valid values are:
 			    <0x0> (default) : Peripheral clock (clkp1)
-			    <0x1> : Peripheral clock (clkp2)
-			    <0x3> : Externally input clock
+			    <0x1> : Peripheral clock (clkp2) (not supported by
+				    RZ/G2 devices)
+			    <0x3> : External input clock
 
 Example
 -------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt
index 1811e19..5201bc15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt
@@ -46,6 +46,42 @@
       "brcm,bcm6328-switch"
       "brcm,bcm6368-switch" and the mandatory "brcm,bcm63xx-switch"
 
+Required properties for BCM585xx/586xx/88312 SoCs:
+
+ - reg: a total of 3 register base addresses, the first one must be the
+   Switch Register Access block base, the second is the port 5/4 mux
+   configuration register and the third one is the SGMII configuration
+   and status register base address.
+
+ - interrupts: a total of 13 interrupts must be specified, in the following
+   order: port 0-5, 7-8 link status change, then the integrated PHY interrupt,
+   then the timestamping interrupt and the sleep timer interrupts for ports
+   5,7,8.
+
+Optional properties for BCM585xx/586xx/88312 SoCs:
+
+  - reg-names: a total of 3 names matching the 3 base register address, must
+    be in the following order:
+	"srab"
+	"mux_config"
+	"sgmii_config"
+
+  - interrupt-names: a total of 13 names matching the 13 interrupts specified
+    must be in the following order:
+	"link_state_p0"
+	"link_state_p1"
+	"link_state_p2"
+	"link_state_p3"
+	"link_state_p4"
+	"link_state_p5"
+	"link_state_p7"
+	"link_state_p8"
+	"phy"
+	"ts"
+	"imp_sleep_timer_p5"
+	"imp_sleep_timer_p7"
+	"imp_sleep_timer_p8"
+
 See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional
 required and optional properties.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
index 3ceeb8d..35694c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 Current Binding
 ---------------
 
-Switches are true Linux devices and can be probes by any means. Once
+Switches are true Linux devices and can be probed by any means. Once
 probed, they register to the DSA framework, passing a node
 pointer. This node is expected to fulfil the following binding, and
 may contain additional properties as required by the device it is
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt
index c329608..83370eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 -------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: one of the following
+- compatible: must be "marvell,prestera" and one of the following
 	"marvell,prestera-98dx3236",
 	"marvell,prestera-98dx3336",
 	"marvell,prestera-98dx4251",
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 	ranges = <0 MBUS_ID(0x03, 0x00) 0 0x100000>;
 
 	packet-processor@0 {
-		compatible = "marvell,prestera-98dx3236";
+		compatible = "marvell,prestera-98dx3236", "marvell,prestera";
 		reg = <0 0x4000000>;
 		interrupts = <33>, <34>, <35>;
 		dfx = <&dfx>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
index e319fe5..99c4ba6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
   "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-sid"
   "allwinner,sun8i-h3-sid"
   "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sid"
+  "allwinner,sun50i-h5-sid"
 
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
index cb33421..f37494d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
 - reset-names: Must contain the following entires:
 	       - "pciephy"
 	       - "apps"
+	       - "turnoff"
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
index 4dd17de..2030ee0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@
 	interrupt-cells: should be set to 1
 	interrupts: GIC interrupt lines connected to PCI MSI interrupt lines
 
+ti,syscon-pcie-id : phandle to the device control module required to set device
+		    id and vendor id.
+
  Example:
 	pcie_msi_intc: msi-interrupt-controller {
 			interrupt-controller;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt
index 9fe7e12..b94078f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,pci-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC;
+	      "renesas,pci-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 SoC;
 	      "renesas,pci-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 SoC;
 	      "renesas,pci-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC;
 	      "renesas,pci-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt
index a5f7fc6..976ef7b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
 compatible: "renesas,pcie-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC;
+	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC;
@@ -9,6 +10,7 @@
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a77980" for the R8A77980 SoC;
+	    "renesas,pcie-r8a77990" for the R8A77990 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen2" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or
 				     RZ/G1 compatible device.
 	    "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen3" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
index 7f7af30..452fe48 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,11 @@
    ranges,
    interrupt-map-mask,
    interrupt-map : as specified in ../designware-pcie.txt
+ - ti,syscon-unaligned-access: phandle to the syscon DT node. The 1st argument
+			       should contain the register offset within syscon
+			       and the 2nd argument should contain the bit field
+			       for setting the bit to enable unaligned
+			       access.
 
 DEVICE MODE
 ===========
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt
index 0aced97..b640845 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
      "brcm,iproc-nsp-sata-phy"
      "brcm,phy-sata3"
      "brcm,iproc-sr-sata-phy"
+     "brcm,bcm63138-sata-phy"
 - address-cells: should be 1
 - size-cells: should be 0
 - reg: register ranges for the PHY PCB interface
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-dp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-dp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f49fd54e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-dp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Cadence MHDP DisplayPort SD0801 PHY binding
+===========================================
+
+This binding describes the Cadence SD0801 PHY hardware included with
+the Cadence MHDP DisplayPort controller.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Required properties (controller (parent) node):
+- compatible	: Should be "cdns,dp-phy"
+- reg		: Defines the following sets of registers in the parent
+		  mhdp device:
+			- Offset of the DPTX PHY configuration registers
+			- Offset of the SD0801 PHY configuration registers
+- #phy-cells	: from the generic PHY bindings, must be 0.
+
+Optional properties:
+- num_lanes	: Number of DisplayPort lanes to use (1, 2 or 4)
+- max_bit_rate	: Maximum DisplayPort link bit rate to use, in Mbps (2160,
+		  2430, 2700, 3240, 4320, 5400 or 8100)
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Example:
+	dp_phy: phy@f0fb030a00 {
+		compatible = "cdns,dp-phy";
+		reg = <0xf0 0xfb030a00 0x0 0x00000040>,
+		      <0xf0 0xfb500000 0x0 0x00100000>;
+		num_lanes = <4>;
+		max_bit_rate = <8100>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-hdmi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..710cccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-hdmi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+ROCKCHIP HDMI PHY WITH INNO IP BLOCK
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles:
+	* "rockchip,rk3228-hdmi-phy",
+	* "rockchip,rk3328-hdmi-phy";
+ - reg : Address and length of the hdmi phy control register set
+ - clocks : phandle + clock specifier for the phy clocks
+ - clock-names : string, clock name, must contain "sysclk" for system
+	  control and register configuration, "refoclk" for crystal-
+	  oscillator reference PLL clock input and "refpclk" for pclk-
+	  based refeference PLL clock input.
+ - #clock-cells: should be 0.
+ - clock-output-names : shall be the name for the output clock.
+ - interrupts : phandle + interrupt specified for the hdmiphy interrupt
+ - #phy-cells : must be 0. See ./phy-bindings.txt for details.
+
+Optional properties for rk3328-hdmi-phy:
+ - nvmem-cells = phandle + nvmem specifier for the cpu-version efuse
+ - nvmem-cell-names : "cpu-version" to read the chip version, required
+	  for adjustment to some frequency settings
+
+Example:
+	hdmi_phy: hdmi-phy@12030000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3228-hdmi-phy";
+		reg = <0x12030000 0x10000>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&cru PCLK_HDMI_PHY>, <&xin24m>, <&cru DCLK_HDMIPHY>;
+		clock-names = "sysclk", "refoclk", "refpclk";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		clock-output-names = "hdmi_phy";
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
+
+Then the PHY can be used in other nodes such as:
+
+	hdmi: hdmi@200a0000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3228-dw-hdmi";
+		...
+		phys = <&hdmi_phy>;
+		phy-names = "hdmi";
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
index 0c7629e..fbc198d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
@@ -10,16 +10,20 @@
 	       "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" for 14nm PCIe phy on msm8996,
 	       "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" for 14nm USB3 phy on msm8996,
 	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy on sdm845,
-	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 UNI phy on sdm845.
+	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 UNI phy on sdm845,
+	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy" for UFS QMP phy on sdm845.
 
- - reg:
-   - For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy":
-     - index 0: address and length of register set for PHY's common serdes
-       block.
-     - named register "dp_com" (using reg-names): address and length of the
-       DP_COM control block.
-   - For all others:
-     - offset and length of register set for PHY's common serdes block.
+- reg:
+  - index 0: address and length of register set for PHY's common
+             serdes block.
+  - index 1: address and length of the DP_COM control block (for
+             "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" only).
+
+- reg-names:
+  - For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy":
+    - Should be: "reg-base", "dp_com"
+  - For all others:
+    - The reg-names property shouldn't be defined.
 
  - #clock-cells: must be 1
     - Phy pll outputs a bunch of clocks for Tx, Rx and Pipe
@@ -35,24 +39,37 @@
 		"aux" for phy aux clock,
 		"ref" for 19.2 MHz ref clk,
 		"com_aux" for phy common block aux clock,
+		"ref_aux" for phy reference aux clock,
+
+		For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy": no clocks are listed.
 		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
 		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
-		For "qcom,qmp-v3-usb3-phy" must contain:
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain:
+			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy" must contain:
+			"ref", "ref_aux".
 
  - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs,
 	   one for each entry in reset-names.
  - reset-names: "phy" for reset of phy block,
 		"common" for phy common block reset,
-		"cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset (Optional).
-		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
-		 "phy", "common", "cfg".
-		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain
-		 "phy", "common".
+		"cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset.
+
 		For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
-		 "phy", "common".
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common", "cfg".
+		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy": no resets are listed.
 
  - vdda-phy-supply: Phandle to a regulator supply to PHY core block.
  - vdda-pll-supply: Phandle to 1.8V regulator supply to PHY refclk pll block.
@@ -74,9 +91,10 @@
 
  - #phy-cells: must be 0
 
+Required properties child node of pcie and usb3 qmp phys:
  - clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs,
 	   one for each entry in clock-names.
- - clock-names: Must contain following for pcie and usb qmp phys:
+ - clock-names: Must contain following:
 		 "pipe<lane-number>" for pipe clock specific to each lane.
  - clock-output-names: Name of the PHY clock that will be the parent for
 		       the above pipe clock.
@@ -86,9 +104,11 @@
 			(or)
 		  "pcie20_phy1_pipe_clk"
 
+Required properties for child node of PHYs with lane reset, AKA:
+	"qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy"
  - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs,
 	   one for each entry in reset-names.
- - reset-names: Must contain following for pcie qmp phys:
+ - reset-names: Must contain following:
 		 "lane<lane-number>" for reset specific to each lane.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
index eeb9e18..4f0879a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7743" if the device is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7744" if the device is a part of R8A7744 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7745" if the device is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
index fb4a204..de7b539 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 * Renesas R-Car generation 3 USB 2.0 PHY
 
 This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation
-3 USB 2.0 PHY contains.
+3 and RZ/G2 USB 2.0 PHY contain.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
+- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of an R8A774A1
+	      SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7796" if the device is a part of an R8A7796
 	      SoC.
@@ -14,7 +16,8 @@
 	      R8A77990 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77995" if the device is a part of an
 	      R8A77995 SoC.
-	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
+	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	      compatible device.
 
 	      When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	      SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
@@ -31,6 +34,8 @@
 - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the PHY.
 - vbus-supply: Phandle to a regulator that provides power to the VBUS. This
 	       regulator will be managed during the PHY power on/off sequence.
+- renesas,no-otg-pins: boolean, specify when a board does not provide proper
+		       otg pins.
 
 Example (R-Car H3):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt
index 47dd296..9d98266 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt
@@ -1,20 +1,22 @@
 * Renesas R-Car generation 3 USB 3.0 PHY
 
 This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation
-3 USB 3.0 PHY contains.
+3 and RZ/G2 USB 3.0 PHY contain.
 If you want to enable spread spectrum clock (ssc), you should use USB_EXTAL
 instead of USB3_CLK. However, if you don't want to these features, you don't
 need this driver.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
+- compatible: "renesas,r8a774a1-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A774A1
+	      SoC.
+	      "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,r8a7796-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7796
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,r8a77965-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an
 	      R8A77965 SoC.
-	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible
-	      device.
+	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	      compatible device.
 
 	      When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	      SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-pcie-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-pcie-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1889d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-pcie-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Socionext UniPhier PCIe PHY bindings
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interface built into
+PCIe controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-pcie-phy" - for LD20 PHY
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-pcie-phy" - for PXs3 PHY
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #phy-cells: Must be zero.
+- clocks: A phandle to the clock gate for PCIe glue layer including
+	this phy.
+- resets: A phandle to the reset line for PCIe glue layer including
+	this phy.
+
+Optional properties:
+- socionext,syscon: A phandle to system control to set configurations
+	for phy.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+	pcie_phy: phy@66038000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-pcie-phy";
+		reg = <0x66038000 0x4000>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&sys_clk 24>;
+		resets = <&sys_rst 24>;
+		socionext,syscon = <&soc_glue>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb2-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b43b282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb2-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Socionext UniPhier USB2 PHY
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interface built into
+USB2 controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+
+Pro4 SoC has both USB2 and USB3 host controllers, however, this USB3
+controller doesn't include its own High-Speed PHY. This needs to specify
+USB2 PHY instead of USB3 HS-PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb2-phy" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld11-usb2-phy" - for LD11 SoC
+
+Sub-nodes:
+Each PHY should be represented as a sub-node.
+
+Sub-nodes required properties:
+- #phy-cells: Should be 0.
+- reg: The number of the PHY.
+
+Sub-nodes optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+	soc-glue@5f800000 {
+		...
+		usb-phy {
+			compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld11-usb2-phy";
+			usb_phy0: phy@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				#phy-cells = <0>;
+			};
+			...
+		};
+	};
+
+	usb@5a800100 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ehci", "generic-ehci";
+		...
+		phy-names = "usb";
+		phys = <&usb_phy0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-hsphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-hsphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8d8086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-hsphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+Socionext UniPhier USB3 High-Speed (HS) PHY
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interfaces built into
+USB3 controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+Although the controller includes High-Speed PHY and Super-Speed PHY,
+this describes about High-Speed PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-hsphy" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-hsphy" - for PXs2 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-hsphy" - for LD20 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-hsphy" - for PXs3 SoC
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #phy-cells: Should be 0.
+- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
+- clock-names: Should contain the following:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "phy-ext", "link" - for PXs3 SoC, "phy-ext" is optional.
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
+- reset-names: Should contain the following:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+
+Optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+- nvmem-cells: Phandles to nvmem cell that contains the trimming data.
+	Available only for HS-PHY implemented on LD20 and PXs3, and
+	if unspecified, default value is used.
+- nvmem-cell-names: Should be the following names, which correspond to
+	each nvmem-cells.
+	All of the 3 parameters associated with the following names are
+	required for each port, if any one is omitted, the trimming data
+	of the port will not be set at all.
+    "rterm", "sel_t", "hs_i" - Each cell name for phy parameters
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+
+	usb-glue@65b00000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-dwc3-glue",
+			     "simple-mfd";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0x65b00000 0x400>;
+
+		usb_vbus0: regulator {
+			...
+		};
+
+		usb_hsphy0: hs-phy@200 {
+			compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-hsphy";
+			reg = <0x200 0x10>;
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+			clock-names = "link", "phy";
+			clocks = <&sys_clk 14>, <&sys_clk 16>;
+			reset-names = "link", "phy";
+			resets = <&sys_rst 14>, <&sys_rst 16>;
+			vbus-supply = <&usb_vbus0>;
+			nvmem-cell-names = "rterm", "sel_t", "hs_i";
+			nvmem-cells = <&usb_rterm0>, <&usb_sel_t0>,
+				      <&usb_hs_i0>;
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-ssphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-ssphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..490b815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-ssphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+Socionext UniPhier USB3 Super-Speed (SS) PHY
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interfaces built into
+USB3 controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+Although the controller includes High-Speed PHY and Super-Speed PHY,
+this describes about Super-Speed PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-ssphy" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-ssphy" - for PXs2 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-ssphy" - for LD20 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-ssphy" - for PXs3 SoC
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #phy-cells: Should be 0.
+- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
+- clock-names:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "phy-ext", "link" - for PXs3 SoC, "phy-ext" is optional.
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
+- reset-names:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+
+Optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+
+	usb-glue@65b00000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-dwc3-glue",
+			     "simple-mfd";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0x65b00000 0x400>;
+
+		usb_vbus0: regulator {
+			...
+		};
+
+		usb_ssphy0: ss-phy@300 {
+			compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-ssphy";
+			reg = <0x300 0x10>;
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+			clock-names = "link", "phy";
+			clocks = <&sys_clk 14>, <&sys_clk 16>;
+			reset-names = "link", "phy";
+			resets = <&sys_rst 14>, <&sys_rst 16>;
+			vbus-supply = <&usb_vbus0>;
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt
index 78edd63..a357193 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt
@@ -3,11 +3,13 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible          :  "actions,s500-sps" for S500
                          "actions,s700-sps" for S700
+                         "actions,s900-sps" for S900
 - reg                 :  Offset and length of the register set for the device.
 - #power-domain-cells :  Must be 1.
                          See macros in:
                           include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s500-powergate.h for S500
                           include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s700-powergate.h for S700
+                          include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s900-powergate.h for S900
 
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt
index f747f95..5f24586 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,9 @@
 - compatible: Should be "renesas,<soctype>-apmu", "renesas,apmu" as fallback.
 	      Examples with soctypes are:
 		- "renesas,r8a7743-apmu" (RZ/G1M)
+		- "renesas,r8a7744-apmu" (RZ/G1N)
 		- "renesas,r8a7745-apmu" (RZ/G1E)
+		- "renesas,r8a77470-apmu" (RZ/G1C)
 		- "renesas,r8a7790-apmu" (R-Car H2)
 		- "renesas,r8a7791-apmu" (R-Car M2-W)
 		- "renesas,r8a7792-apmu" (R-Car V2H)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt
index 180ae65..eae2a88 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt
@@ -8,8 +8,11 @@
 Required properties:
   - compatible: Must contain exactly one of the following:
       - "renesas,r8a7743-sysc" (RZ/G1M)
+      - "renesas,r8a7744-sysc" (RZ/G1N)
       - "renesas,r8a7745-sysc" (RZ/G1E)
       - "renesas,r8a77470-sysc" (RZ/G1C)
+      - "renesas,r8a774a1-sysc" (RZ/G2M)
+      - "renesas,r8a774c0-sysc" (RZ/G2E)
       - "renesas,r8a7779-sysc" (R-Car H1)
       - "renesas,r8a7790-sysc" (R-Car H2)
       - "renesas,r8a7791-sysc" (R-Car M2-W)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
index 651491b..5705f57 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,10 @@
 This DT node has pwrkey and resin as sub nodes.
 
 Required Properties:
--compatible: "qcom,pm8916-pon"
+-compatible: Must be one of:
+	"qcom,pm8916-pon"
+	"qcom,pms405-pon"
+
 -reg: Specifies the physical address of the pon register
 
 Optional subnode:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt
index c9dd17d..dc05689 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 Binding for TI bq25890 Li-Ion Charger
 
+This driver will support the bq25896 and the bq25890. There are other ICs
+in the same family but those have not been tested.
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should contain one of the following:
     * "ti,bq25890"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt
index 37994fd..4fa8e08 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
  * "ti,bq27546" - BQ27546
  * "ti,bq27742" - BQ27742
  * "ti,bq27545" - BQ27545
+ * "ti,bq27411" - BQ27411
  * "ti,bq27421" - BQ27421
  * "ti,bq27425" - BQ27425
  * "ti,bq27426" - BQ27426
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc2731_charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc2731_charger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5266fab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc2731_charger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Spreadtrum SC2731 PMIC battery charger binding
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "sprd,sc2731-charger".
+ - reg: Address offset of charger register.
+ - phys: Contains a phandle to the USB phy.
+
+Optional Properties:
+- monitored-battery: phandle of battery characteristics devicetree node.
+  The charger uses the following battery properties:
+- charge-term-current-microamp: current for charge termination phase.
+- constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt: maximum constant input voltage.
+  See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	bat: battery {
+		compatible = "simple-battery";
+		charge-term-current-microamp = <120000>;
+		constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt = <4350000>;
+		......
+	};
+
+	sc2731_pmic: pmic@0 {
+		compatible = "sprd,sc2731";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <26000000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		charger@0 {
+			compatible = "sprd,sc2731-charger";
+			reg = <0x0>;
+			phys = <&ssphy>;
+			monitored-battery = <&bat>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt
index 06a363d..b9a1d74 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
   for da850  - compatible = "ti,da850-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap", "ti,am33xx-ecap";
   for dra746 - compatible = "ti,dra746-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap";
   for 66ak2g - compatible = "ti,k2g-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap";
+  for am654  - compatible = "ti,am654-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap";
 - #pwm-cells: should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
   the cells format. The PWM channel index ranges from 0 to 4. The only third
   cell flag supported by this binding is PWM_POLARITY_INVERTED.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
index e1ef6af..7f31fe7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
 Required Properties:
 - compatible: should be "renesas,pwm-rcar" and one of the following.
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7743": for RZ/G1M
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a7744": for RZ/G1N
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7745": for RZ/G1E
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a774a1": for RZ/G2M
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7778": for R-Car M1A
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7779": for R-Car H1
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7790": for R-Car H2
@@ -12,6 +14,8 @@
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7795": for R-Car H3
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7796": for R-Car M3-W
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a77965": for R-Car M3-N
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a77970": for R-Car V3M
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a77980": for R-Car V3H
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a77990": for R-Car E3
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a77995": for R-Car D3
 - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the PWM.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt
index d53a167..848a92b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt
@@ -2,13 +2,19 @@
 
 Required Properties:
 
-  - compatible: should be one of the following.
+  - compatible: must contain one or more of the following:
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a73a4": for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7740": for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7743": for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible PWM controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu-r8a7744": for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7745": for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible PWM controller.
-    - "renesas,tpu": for generic R-Car and RZ/G1 TPU PWM controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu-r8a77970": for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible PWM
+			      controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu-r8a77980": for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible PWM
+			      controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu": for the generic TPU PWM controller; this is a fallback for
+		     the entries listed above.
 
   - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the PWM
     controller hardware module.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a842a78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+Qualcomm Technology Inc. ADSP Peripheral Image Loader
+
+This document defines the binding for a component that loads and boots firmware
+on the Qualcomm Technology Inc. ADSP Hexagon core.
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pil"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: must specify the base address and size of the qdsp6ss register
+
+- interrupts-extended:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: must list the watchdog, fatal IRQs ready, handover and
+		    stop-ack IRQs
+
+- interrupt-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack"
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition:  List of 8 phandle and clock specifier pairs for the adsp.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: List of clock input name strings sorted in the same
+		    order as the clocks property. Definition must have
+		    "xo", "sway_cbcr", "lpass_aon", "lpass_ahbs_aon_cbcr",
+		    "lpass_ahbm_aon_cbcr", "qdsp6ss_xo", "qdsp6ss_sleep"
+		    and "qdsp6ss_core".
+
+- power-domains:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to cx power domain node.
+
+- resets:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the list of 2 reset-controller for the adsp.
+
+- reset-names:
+        Usage: required
+        Value type: <stringlist>
+        Definition: must be "pdc_sync" and "cc_lpass"
+
+- qcom,halt-regs:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: a phandle reference to a syscon representing TCSR followed
+			by the offset within syscon for lpass halt register.
+
+- memory-region:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the reserved-memory for the ADSP
+
+- qcom,smem-states:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the smem state for requesting the ADSP to
+		    shut down
+
+- qcom,smem-state-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "stop"
+
+
+= SUBNODES
+The adsp node may have an subnode named "glink-edge" that describes the
+communication edge, channels and devices related to the ADSP.
+See ../soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt for details on how to describe these.
+
+= EXAMPLE
+The following example describes the resources needed to boot control the
+ADSP, as it is found on SDM845 boards.
+
+	remoteproc@17300000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pil";
+		reg = <0x17300000 0x40c>;
+
+		interrupts-extended = <&intc GIC_SPI 162 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		interrupt-names = "wdog", "fatal", "ready",
+			"handover", "stop-ack";
+
+		clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>,
+			<&gcc GCC_LPASS_SWAY_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_AUDIO_WRAPPER_AON_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_Q6SS_AHBS_AON_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_Q6SS_AHBM_AON_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_XO_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_SLEEP_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_CORE_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "xo", "sway_cbcr", "lpass_aon",
+			"lpass_ahbs_aon_cbcr",
+			"lpass_ahbm_aon_cbcr", "qdsp6ss_xo",
+			"qdsp6ss_sleep", "qdsp6ss_core";
+
+		power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM845_CX>;
+
+		resets = <&pdc_reset PDC_AUDIO_SYNC_RESET>,
+			 <&aoss_reset AOSS_CC_LPASS_RESTART>;
+		reset-names = "pdc_sync", "cc_lpass";
+
+		qcom,halt-regs = <&tcsr_mutex_regs 0x22000>;
+
+		memory-region = <&pil_adsp_mem>;
+
+		qcom,smem-states = <&adsp_smp2p_out 0>;
+		qcom,smem-state-names = "stop";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt
index 728e419..9c0cff3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,11 @@
 		    "qcom,msm8974-adsp-pil"
 		    "qcom,msm8996-adsp-pil"
 		    "qcom,msm8996-slpi-pil"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-adsp-pas"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-cdsp-pas"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-wcss-pas"
+		    "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pas"
+		    "qcom,sdm845-cdsp-pas"
 
 - interrupts-extended:
 	Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
index 601dd9f..9ff5b03 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
@@ -53,13 +53,17 @@
 	Definition: reference to the reset-controller for the modem sub-system
 		    reference to the list of 3 reset-controllers for the
 		    wcss sub-system
+		    reference to the list of 2 reset-controllers for the modem
+		    sub-system on SDM845 SoCs
 
 - reset-names:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <stringlist>
 	Definition: must be "mss_restart" for the modem sub-system
-	Definition: must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset"
-		    for the wcss syb-system
+		    must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset"
+		    for the wcss sub-system
+		    must be "mss_restart", "pdc_reset" for the modem
+		    sub-system on SDM845 SoCs
 
 - cx-supply:
 - mss-supply:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
index 5e1afc3..1ab1d10 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 controller binding usage.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx7-src", "syscon"
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx7d-src", "syscon"
 - reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
   datasheet
 - interrupts: Should contain SRC interrupt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a62a492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+PDC Global
+======================================
+
+This binding describes a reset-controller found on PDC-Global (Power Domain
+Controller) block for Qualcomm Technologies Inc SDM845 SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be:
+		    "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: must specify the base address and size of the register
+	            space.
+
+- #reset-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <uint>
+	Definition: must be 1; cell entry represents the reset index.
+
+Example:
+
+pdc_reset: reset-controller@b2e0000 {
+	compatible = "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global";
+	reg = <0xb2e0000 0x20000>;
+	#reset-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+PDC reset clients
+======================================
+
+Device nodes that need access to reset lines should
+specify them as a reset phandle in their corresponding node as
+specified in reset.txt.
+
+For a list of all valid reset indices see
+<dt-bindings/reset/qcom,sdm845-pdc.h>
+
+Example:
+
+modem-pil@4080000 {
+	...
+
+	resets = <&pdc_reset PDC_MODEM_SYNC_RESET>;
+	reset-names = "pdc_reset";
+
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt
index 67e83b0..b03c48a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt
@@ -16,8 +16,11 @@
 		  - "renesas,<soctype>-rst" for R-Car Gen2 and Gen3, and RZ/G
 		Examples with soctypes are:
 		  - "renesas,r8a7743-rst" (RZ/G1M)
+		  - "renesas,r8a7744-rst" (RZ/G1N)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7745-rst" (RZ/G1E)
 		  - "renesas,r8a77470-rst" (RZ/G1C)
+		  - "renesas,r8a774a1-rst" (RZ/G2M)
+		  - "renesas,r8a774c0-rst" (RZ/G2E)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7778-reset-wdt" (R-Car M1A)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7779-reset-wdt" (R-Car H1)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7790-rst" (R-Car H2)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c0d6b2..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-* Atmel Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (USART)
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart" or "atmel,<chip>-dbgu"
-  The compatible <chip> indicated will be the first SoC to support an
-  additional mode or an USART new feature.
-  For the dbgu UART, use "atmel,<chip>-dbgu", "atmel,<chip>-usart"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- interrupts: Should contain interrupt
-- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
-	Required elements: "usart"
-- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
-
-Optional properties:
-- atmel,use-dma-rx: use of PDC or DMA for receiving data
-- atmel,use-dma-tx: use of PDC or DMA for transmitting data
-- {rts,cts,dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS/CTS/DTR/DSR/RI/DCD line respectively.
-  It will use specified PIO instead of the peripheral function pin for the USART feature.
-  If unsure, don't specify this property.
-- add dma bindings for dma transfer:
-	- dmas: DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to DMA controller node,
-		memory peripheral interface and USART DMA channel ID, FIFO configuration.
-		Refer to dma.txt and atmel-dma.txt for details.
-	- dma-names: "rx" for RX channel, "tx" for TX channel.
-- atmel,fifo-size: maximum number of data the RX and TX FIFOs can store for FIFO
-  capable USARTs.
-- rs485-rts-delay, rs485-rx-during-tx, linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: see rs485.txt
-
-<chip> compatible description:
-- at91rm9200:  legacy USART support
-- at91sam9260: generic USART implementation for SAM9 SoCs
-
-Example:
-- use PDC:
-	usart0: serial@fff8c000 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
-		reg = <0xfff8c000 0x4000>;
-		interrupts = <7>;
-		clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
-		clock-names = "usart";
-		atmel,use-dma-rx;
-		atmel,use-dma-tx;
-		rts-gpios = <&pioD 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		cts-gpios = <&pioD 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		dtr-gpios = <&pioD 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		dsr-gpios = <&pioD 18 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		dcd-gpios = <&pioD 20 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		rng-gpios = <&pioD 19 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-	};
-
-- use DMA:
-	usart0: serial@f001c000 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
-		reg = <0xf001c000 0x100>;
-		interrupts = <12 4 5>;
-		clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
-		clock-names = "usart";
-		atmel,use-dma-rx;
-		atmel,use-dma-tx;
-		dmas = <&dma0 2 0x3>,
-		       <&dma0 2 0x204>;
-		dma-names = "tx", "rx";
-		atmel,fifo-size = <32>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
index eaca9da..e52e16c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@
     - "renesas,scifa-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) SCIFB compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) HSCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scif-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scifa-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIFA compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scifb-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIFB compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifa-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIFB compatible UART.
@@ -50,6 +54,8 @@
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) HSCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scif-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt
index 0b3892a..7a1bf02 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 - clocks: phandle to the input clock.
 
 Optional properties:
-- fifo-size: the RX/TX FIFO size.  Defaults to 64 if not specified.
+-auto-flow-control: enable automatic flow control support.
 
 Example:
 	aliases {
@@ -19,5 +19,4 @@
 		reg = <0x54006800 0x40>;
 		interrupts = <0 33 4>;
 		clocks = <&uart_clk>;
-		fifo-size = <64>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..436d210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Amlogic Canvas
+================================
+
+A canvas is a collection of metadata that describes a pixel buffer.
+Those metadata include: width, height, phyaddr, wrapping, block mode
+and endianness.
+
+Many IPs within Amlogic SoCs rely on canvas indexes to read/write pixel data
+rather than use the phy addresses directly. For instance, this is the case for
+the video decoders and the display.
+
+Amlogic SoCs have 256 canvas.
+
+Device Tree Bindings:
+---------------------
+
+Video Lookup Table
+--------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "amlogic,canvas"
+- reg: Base physical address and size of the canvas registers.
+
+Example:
+
+canvas: video-lut@48 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,canvas";
+	reg = <0x0 0x48 0x0 0x14>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
index f9987c3..5a2ef17 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
@@ -19,10 +19,12 @@
 Required properties in pwrap device node.
 - compatible:
 	"mediatek,mt2701-pwrap" for MT2701/7623 SoCs
+	"mediatek,mt6765-pwrap" for MT6765 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt6797-pwrap" for MT6797 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt7622-pwrap" for MT7622 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt8135-pwrap" for MT8135 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt8173-pwrap" for MT8173 SoCs
+	"mediatek,mt8183-pwrap" for MT8183 SoCs
 - interrupts: IRQ for pwrap in SOC
 - reg-names: Must include the following entries:
   "pwrap": Main registers base
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
index 7dc5ce8..46e27cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 Required Properties:
 
 - compatible: GRF should be one of the following:
+   - "rockchip,px30-grf", "syscon": for px30
    - "rockchip,rk3036-grf", "syscon": for rk3036
    - "rockchip,rk3066-grf", "syscon": for rk3066
    - "rockchip,rk3188-grf", "syscon": for rk3188
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@
    - "rockchip,rk3399-grf", "syscon": for rk3399
    - "rockchip,rv1108-grf", "syscon": for rv1108
 - compatible: PMUGRF should be one of the following:
+   - "rockchip,px30-pmugrf", "syscon": for px30
    - "rockchip,rk3368-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3368
    - "rockchip,rk3399-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3399
 - compatible: SGRF should be one of the following
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1977.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1977.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e79aeef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1977.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Analog Devices ADAU1977/ADAU1978/ADAU1979
+
+Datasheets:
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADAU1977.pdf
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADAU1978.pdf
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADAU1979.pdf
+
+This driver supports both the I2C and SPI bus.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+               "adi,adau1977"
+               "adi,adau1978"
+               "adi,adau1979"
+
+ - AVDD-supply: analog power supply for the device, please consult
+                Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+ - reset-gpio:  the reset pin for the chip, for more details consult
+                Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+
+ - DVDD-supply: supply voltage for the digital core, please consult
+                Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+For required properties on SPI, please consult
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Required properties on I2C:
+
+ - reg:         The i2c address. Value depends on the state of ADDR0
+                and ADDR1, as wired in hardware.
+
+Examples:
+
+	adau1977_spi: adau1977@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,adau1977";
+		spi-max-frequency = <600000>;
+
+		AVDD-supply = <&regulator>;
+		DVDD-supply = <&regulator_digital>;
+
+		reset_gpio = <&gpio 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
+
+	adau1977_i2c: adau1977@11 {
+		compatible = "adi,adau1977";
+		reg = <0x11>;
+
+		AVDD-supply = <&regulator>;
+		DVDD-supply = <&regulator_digital>;
+
+		reset_gpio = <&gpio 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-pdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-pdm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5672d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-pdm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* Amlogic Audio PDM input
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: 'amlogic,axg-pdm'
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory
+       mapped region.
+- clocks: list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
+- clock-names: should contain the following:
+  * "pclk"   : peripheral clock.
+  * "dclk"   : pdm digital clock
+  * "sysclk" : dsp system clock
+- #sound-dai-cells: must be 0.
+
+Example of PDM on the A113 SoC:
+
+pdm: audio-controller@ff632000 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,axg-pdm";
+	reg = <0x0 0xff632000 0x0 0x34>;
+	#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+	clocks = <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_PDM>,
+		 <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_PDM_DCLK>,
+		 <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_PDM_SYSCLK>;
+	clock-names = "pclk", "dclk", "sysclk";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l51.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l51.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b5de33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l51.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+CS42L51 audio CODEC
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - clocks : a list of phandles + clock-specifiers, one for each entry in
+    clock-names
+
+  - clock-names : must contain "MCLK"
+
+Example:
+
+cs42l51: cs42l51@4a {
+	compatible = "cirrus,cs42l51";
+	reg = <0x4a>;
+	clocks = <&mclk_prov>;
+	clock-names = "MCLK";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max98088.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max98088.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da764d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max98088.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+MAX98088 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "maxim,max98088" or "maxim,max98089".
+- reg: The I2C address of the device.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clocks: the clock provider of MCLK, see ../clock/clock-bindings.txt section
+  "consumer" for more information.
+- clock-names: must be set to "mclk"
+
+Example:
+
+max98089: codec@10 {
+	compatible = "maxim,max98089";
+	reg = <0x10>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_CKO2>;
+	clock-names = "mclk";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mikroe,mikroe-proto.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mikroe,mikroe-proto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..912f8fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mikroe,mikroe-proto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Mikroe-PROTO audio board
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "mikroe,mikroe-proto"
+  - dai-format: Must be "i2s".
+  - i2s-controller: The phandle of the I2S controller.
+  - audio-codec: The phandle of the WM8731 audio codec.
+Optional properties:
+  - model: The user-visible name of this sound complex.
+  - bitclock-master: Indicates dai-link bit clock master; for details see simple-card.txt (1).
+  - frame-master: Indicates dai-link frame master; for details see simple-card.txt (1).
+
+(1) : There must be the same master for both bit and frame clocks.
+
+Example:
+	sound {
+		compatible = "mikroe,mikroe-proto";
+		model = "wm8731 @ sama5d2_xplained";
+		i2s-controller = <&i2s0>;
+		audio-codec = <&wm8731>;
+		dai-format = "i2s";
+        };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nau8822.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nau8822.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a471d16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nau8822.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+NAU8822 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : "nuvoton,nau8822"
+
+  - reg : the I2C address of the device.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: nau8822@1a {
+	compatible = "nuvoton,nau8822";
+	reg = <0x1a>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90fcb85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+PCM3060 audio CODEC
+
+This driver supports both I2C and SPI.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "ti,pcm3060"
+
+- reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select
+        number for SPI.
+
+Examples:
+
+	pcm3060: pcm3060@46 {
+		 compatible = "ti,pcm3060";
+		 reg = <0x46>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt
index a817940..d74888b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 	Usage: required for mi2s interface
 	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
 	Definition: Must be list of serial data lines used by this dai.
-	should be one or more of the 1-4 sd lines.
+	should be one or more of the 0-3 sd lines.
 
  - qcom,tdm-sync-mode:
 	Usage: required for tdm interface
@@ -137,42 +137,42 @@
 
 		prim-mi2s-rx@16 {
 			reg = <16>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1 3>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0 2>;
 		};
 
 		prim-mi2s-tx@17 {
 			reg = <17>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
 		};
 
 		sec-mi2s-rx@18 {
 			reg = <18>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1 4>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0 3>;
 		};
 
 		sec-mi2s-tx@19 {
 			reg = <19>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
 		};
 
 		tert-mi2s-rx@20 {
 			reg = <20>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2 4>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1 3>;
 		};
 
 		tert-mi2s-tx@21 {
 			reg = <21>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0>;
 		};
 
 		quat-mi2s-rx@22 {
 			reg = <22>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0>;
 		};
 
 		quat-mi2s-tx@23 {
 			reg = <23>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
 		};
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt
index 9e764270..d92b705 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt
@@ -340,10 +340,12 @@
 - compatible			: "renesas,rcar_sound-<soctype>", fallbacks
 				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen1" if generation1, and
 				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2" if generation2 (or RZ/G1)
-				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen3" if generation3
+				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen3" if generation3 (or RZ/G2)
 				  Examples with soctypes are:
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7778" (R-Car M1A)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7779" (R-Car H1)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
@@ -353,6 +355,7 @@
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7795" (R-Car H3)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
 - reg				: Should contain the register physical address.
 				  required register is
 				   SRU/ADG/SSI      if generation1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt
index 255de3ae..52265fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,10 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
+  - clocks, clock-names: Clock specifier for XTI input clock.
+	If specified, the clock will be enabled when the codec is probed,
+	and disabled when it is removed. The 'clock-names' must be set to 'xti'.
+
   -  st,output-conf: number, Selects the output configuration:
 	0: 2-channel (full-bridge) power, 2-channel data-out
 	1: 2 (half-bridge). 1 (full-bridge) on-board power
@@ -39,6 +43,9 @@
   -  st,thermal-warning-recover:
 	If present, thermal warning recovery is enabled.
 
+  - st,fault-detect-recovery:
+	If present, fault detect recovery is enabled.
+
   -  st,thermal-warning-adjustment:
 	If present, thermal warning adjustment is enabled.
 
@@ -76,6 +83,8 @@
 codec: sta32x@38 {
 	compatible = "st,sta32x";
 	reg = <0x1c>;
+	clocks = <&clock>;
+	clock-names = "xti";
 	reset-gpios = <&gpio1 19 0>;
 	power-down-gpios = <&gpio1 16 0>;
 	st,output-conf = /bits/ 8  <0x3>;	// set output to 2-channel
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt
index 3a3fc50..3f4467f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,11 @@
   - reg: Base address and size of SAI sub-block register set.
   - clocks: Must contain one phandle and clock specifier pair
 	for sai_ck which feeds the internal clock generator.
+	If the SAI shares a master clock, with another SAI set as MCLK
+	clock provider, SAI provider phandle must be specified here.
   - clock-names: Must contain "sai_ck".
+	Must also contain "MCLK", if SAI shares a master clock,
+	with a SAI set as MCLK clock provider.
   - dmas: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/stm32-dma.txt
   - dma-names: identifier string for each DMA request line
 	"tx": if sai sub-block is configured as playback DAI
@@ -51,6 +55,9 @@
 	configured according to protocol defined in related DAI link node,
 	such as i2s, left justified, right justified, dsp and pdm protocols.
 	Note: ac97 protocol is not supported by SAI driver
+   - #clock-cells: should be 0. This property must be present if the SAI device
+	is a master clock provider, according to clocks bindings, described in
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt.
 
 The device node should contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint'
 node, according to the bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
index b9d50d6..61e71c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
    - "allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2s"
    - "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-i2s"
    - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-i2s"
+   - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-i2s"
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: should contain the I2S interrupt.
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
 	- "allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2s"
 	- "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-i2s"
 	- "allwinner,sun8i-h3-i2s"
+	- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-i2s"
 - resets: phandle to the reset line for this codec
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun50i-codec-analog.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun50i-codec-analog.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f8ad0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun50i-codec-analog.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Allwinner A64 Codec Analog Controls
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be one of the following compatibles:
+		- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-analog"
+- reg: must contain the registers location and length
+
+Example:
+	codec_analog: codec-analog@1f015c0 {
+		compatible = "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-analog";
+		reg = <0x01f015c0 0x4>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt
index 3ed8359..21ab45b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 Optional properies:
  - ti,micbias:   Intended MICBIAS voltage (datasheet section 9.6.7).
-      Select 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 to specify MACBIAS voltage
+      Select 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 to specify MICBIAS voltage
       2.1V/2.2V/2.3V/2.4V/2.5V/2.6V/2.7V/2.8V
       Default value is "1" (2.2V).
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..256cdec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+WM8782 stereo ADC
+
+This device does not have any control interface or reset pins.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible  : "wlf,wm8782"
+ - Vdda-supply : phandle to a regulator for the analog power supply (2.7V - 5.5V)
+ - Vdd-supply  : phandle to a regulator for the digital power supply (2.7V - 3.6V)
+
+Example:
+
+wm8782: stereo-adc {
+	compatible = "wlf,wm8782";
+	Vdda-supply = <&vdda_supply>;
+	Vdd-supply = <&vdd_supply>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt
index 504a4ec..b04e66a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt
@@ -5,18 +5,20 @@
 Required properties:
  - compatible: should be "socionext,uniphier-scssi"
  - reg: address and length of the spi master registers
- - #address-cells: must be <1>, see spi-bus.txt
- - #size-cells: must be <0>, see spi-bus.txt
- - clocks: A phandle to the clock for the device.
- - resets: A phandle to the reset control for the device.
+ - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier
+ - pinctrl-names: should be "default"
+ - pinctrl-0: pin control state for the default mode
+ - clocks: a phandle to the clock for the device
+ - resets: a phandle to the reset control for the device
 
 Example:
 
 spi0: spi@54006000 {
 	compatible = "socionext,uniphier-scssi";
 	reg = <0x54006000 0x100>;
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
+	interrupts = <0 39 4>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi0>;
 	clocks = <&peri_clk 11>;
 	resets = <&peri_rst 11>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
index c51ade8..62dd074 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
     - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-system-control"
     - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-controller" (deprecated)
     - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control"
+    - "allwinner,sun50i-h6-system-control", "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control"
 - reg : sram controller register offset + length
 
 SRAM nodes
@@ -54,6 +55,9 @@
 The valid sections compatible for A64 are:
     - allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c
 
+The valid sections compatible for H6 are:
+    - allwinner,sun50i-h6-sram-c, allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c
+
 Devices using SRAM sections
 ---------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt
index 290ec06..0273a92 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible:      Should contain "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm".
-- reg:             Specifies the SPMI address and length of the controller's
-                   registers.
+- reg:             Specifies the SPMI address.
 - interrupts:      PMIC temperature alarm interrupt.
 - #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0. See thermal.txt for a description.
 
@@ -20,7 +19,7 @@
 
 	pm8941_temp: thermal-alarm@2400 {
 		compatible = "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm";
-		reg = <0x2400 0x100>;
+		reg = <0x2400>;
 		interrupts = <0 0x24 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
 		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
 
@@ -36,19 +35,14 @@
 			thermal-sensors = <&pm8941_temp>;
 
 			trips {
-				passive {
-					temperature = <1050000>;
+				stage1 {
+					temperature = <105000>;
 					hysteresis = <2000>;
 					type = "passive";
 				};
-				alert {
+				stage2 {
 					temperature = <125000>;
 					hysteresis = <2000>;
-					type = "hot";
-				};
-				crit {
-					temperature = <145000>;
-					hysteresis = <2000>;
 					type = "critical";
 				};
 			};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt
index 20ca4ef..04cbb90 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 * Thermal Monitoring Unit (TMU) on Freescale QorIQ SoCs
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : Must include "fsl,qoriq-tmu". The version of the device is
-	determined by the TMU IP Block Revision Register (IPBRR0) at
-	offset 0x0BF8.
+- compatible : Must include "fsl,qoriq-tmu" or "fsl,imx8mq-tmu". The
+	version of the device is determined by the TMU IP Block Revision
+	Register (IPBRR0) at offset 0x0BF8.
 	Table of correspondences between IPBRR0 values and example  chips:
 		Value           Device
 		----------      -----
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt
index cfa154b..ad9a435 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible		: "renesas,<soctype>-thermal",
 			  Examples with soctypes are:
+			    - "renesas,r8a774a1-thermal" (RZ/G2M)
 			    - "renesas,r8a7795-thermal" (R-Car H3)
 			    - "renesas,r8a7796-thermal" (R-Car M3-W)
 			    - "renesas,r8a77965-thermal" (R-Car M3-N)
+			    - "renesas,r8a77980-thermal" (R-Car V3H)
 - reg			: Address ranges of the thermal registers. Each sensor
 			  needs one address range. Sorting must be done in
 			  increasing order according to datasheet, i.e.
@@ -19,7 +21,8 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
-- interrupts           : interrupts routed to the TSC (3 for H3, M3-W and M3-N)
+- interrupts		: interrupts routed to the TSC (3 for H3, M3-W, M3-N,
+			  and V3H)
 - power-domain		: Must contain a reference to the power domain. This
 			  property is mandatory if the thermal sensor instance
 			  is part of a controllable power domain.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
index 67c563f..73e1613 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
@@ -4,15 +4,17 @@
 - compatible		: "renesas,thermal-<soctype>",
 			   "renesas,rcar-gen2-thermal" (with thermal-zone) or
 			   "renesas,rcar-thermal" (without thermal-zone) as
-                           fallback except R-Car D3.
+                           fallback except R-Car V3M/D3.
 			  Examples with soctypes are:
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7779" (R-Car H1)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N)
+			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
 - reg			: Address range of the thermal registers.
 			  The 1st reg will be recognized as common register
@@ -21,7 +23,7 @@
 Option properties:
 
 - interrupts		: If present should contain 3 interrupts for
-                          R-Car D3 or 1 interrupt otherwise.
+                          R-Car V3M/D3 or 1 interrupt otherwise.
 
 Example (non interrupt support):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/stm32-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/stm32-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c0d5a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/stm32-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+Binding for Thermal Sensor for STMicroelectronics STM32 series of SoCs.
+
+On STM32 SoCs, the Digital Temperature Sensor (DTS) is in charge of managing an
+analog block which delivers a frequency depending on the internal SoC's
+temperature. By using a reference frequency, DTS is able to provide a sample
+number which can be translated into a temperature by the user.
+
+DTS provides interrupt notification mechanism by threshold. This mechanism
+offers two temperature trip points: passive and critical. The first is intended
+for passive cooling notification while the second is used for over-temperature
+reset.
+
+Required parameters:
+-------------------
+
+compatible: 	Should be "st,stm32-thermal"
+reg: 		This should be the physical base address and length of the
+		sensor's registers.
+clocks: 	Phandle of the clock used by the thermal sensor.
+		  See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+clock-names: 	Should be "pclk" for register access clock and reference clock.
+		  See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt
+#thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0. See ./thermal.txt for a description.
+interrupts:	Standard way to define interrupt number.
+
+Example:
+
+	thermal-zones {
+		cpu_thermal: cpu-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <0>;
+
+			thermal-sensors = <&thermal>;
+
+			trips {
+				cpu_alert1: cpu-alert1 {
+					temperature = <85000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "passive";
+				};
+
+				cpu-crit: cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <120000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+
+			cooling-maps {
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	thermal: thermal@50028000 {
+		compatible = "st,stm32-thermal";
+		reg = <0x50028000 0x100>;
+		clocks = <&rcc TMPSENS>;
+		clock-names = "pclk";
+		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 147 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
index eb7ee91..ca14ba9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
   Elem size: one cell	the sensors listed in the thermal-sensors property.
   Elem type: signed	Coefficients defaults to 1, in case this property
 			is not specified. A simple linear polynomial is used:
-			Z = c0 * x0 + c1 + x1 + ... + c(n-1) * x(n-1) + cn.
+			Z = c0 * x0 + c1 * x1 + ... + c(n-1) * x(n-1) + cn.
 
 			The coefficients are ordered and they match with sensors
 			by means of sensor ID. Additional coefficients are
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b04344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+=================
+gx6605s SOC Timer
+=================
+
+The timer is used in gx6605s soc as system timer and the driver
+contain clk event and clk source.
+
+==============================
+timer node bindings definition
+==============================
+
+	Description: Describes gx6605s SOC timer
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,gx6605s-timer"
+	- reg
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32 u32>
+		Definition: <phyaddr size> in soc from cpu view
+	- clocks
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: phandle + clock specifier cells
+		Definition: must be input clk node
+	- interrupt
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be timer irq num defined by soc
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	timer0: timer@20a000 {
+		compatible = "csky,gx6605s-timer";
+		reg = <0x0020a000 0x400>;
+		clocks = <&dummy_apb_clk>;
+		interrupts = <10>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15cfec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+============================
+C-SKY Multi-processors Timer
+============================
+
+C-SKY multi-processors timer is designed for C-SKY SMP system and the
+regs is accessed by cpu co-processor 4 registers with mtcr/mfcr.
+
+ - PTIM_CTLR "cr<0, 14>" Control reg to start reset timer.
+ - PTIM_TSR  "cr<1, 14>" Interrupt cleanup status reg.
+ - PTIM_CCVR "cr<3, 14>" Current counter value reg.
+ - PTIM_LVR  "cr<6, 14>" Window value reg to triger next event.
+
+==============================
+timer node bindings definition
+==============================
+
+	Description: Describes SMP timer
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,mptimer"
+	- clocks
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <node>
+		Definition: must be input clk node
+	- interrupts
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be timer irq num defined by soc
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	timer: timer {
+		compatible = "csky,mptimer";
+		clocks = <&dummy_apb_clk>;
+		interrupts = <16>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
index b40add2..3399267 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
     - "renesas,r8a73a4-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a73a4.
     - "renesas,r8a7743-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7743.
     - "renesas,r8a7743-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7743.
+    - "renesas,r8a7744-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7744.
+    - "renesas,r8a7744-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7744.
     - "renesas,r8a7745-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7745.
     - "renesas,r8a7745-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7745.
     - "renesas,r8a7790-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7790.
@@ -34,6 +36,10 @@
     - "renesas,r8a7793-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7793.
     - "renesas,r8a7794-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7794.
     - "renesas,r8a7794-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7794.
+    - "renesas,r8a77970-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a77970.
+    - "renesas,r8a77970-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a77970.
+    - "renesas,r8a77980-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a77980.
+    - "renesas,r8a77980-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a77980.
 
     - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cmt0" for 32-bit CMT0 devices included in R-Car Gen2
 		and RZ/G1.
@@ -41,6 +47,9 @@
 		and RZ/G1.
 		These are fallbacks for r8a73a4, R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 entries
 		listed above.
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-cmt0" for 32-bit CMT0 devices included in R-Car Gen3.
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-cmt1" for 48-bit CMT1 devices included in R-Car Gen3.
+		These are fallbacks for R-Car Gen3 entries listed above.
 
   - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module.
   - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, one per channel.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt
index be3ae0f..81a78f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,8 @@
 Required Properties:
 
   - compatible: must be one or more of the following:
-    - "renesas,r7s72100-ostm" for the r7s72100 OSTM
+    - "renesas,r7s72100-ostm" for the R7S72100 (RZ/A1) OSTM
+    - "renesas,r7s9210-ostm" for the R7S9210 (RZ/A2) OSTM
     - "renesas,ostm" for any OSTM
 		This is a fallback for the above renesas,*-ostm entries
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
index cd5f20b..4ddff85 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
     - "renesas,tmu-r8a7740" for the r8a7740 TMU
     - "renesas,tmu-r8a7778" for the r8a7778 TMU
     - "renesas,tmu-r8a7779" for the r8a7779 TMU
+    - "renesas,tmu-r8a77970" for the r8a77970 TMU
+    - "renesas,tmu-r8a77980" for the r8a77980 TMU
     - "renesas,tmu" for any TMU.
       This is a fallback for the above renesas,tmu-* entries
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt
index 763a280..6ab001f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -21,21 +21,10 @@
 adi,adxl345		Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer
 adi,adxl346		Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer (backward-compatibility value "adi,adxl345" must be listed too)
 ams,iaq-core		AMS iAQ-Core VOC Sensor
-amstaos,tsl2571		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2671		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2671		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2771		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2771		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2572		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2672		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2672		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2772		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2772		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
 at,24c08		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 atmel,at97sc3204t	i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
 capella,cm32181		CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor
 capella,cm3232		CM3232: Ambient Light Sensor
-cirrus,cs42l51		Cirrus Logic CS42L51 audio codec
 dallas,ds1374		I2C, 32-Bit Binary Counter Watchdog RTC with Trickle Charger and Reset Input/Output
 dallas,ds1631		High-Precision Digital Thermometer
 dallas,ds1672		Dallas DS1672 Real-time Clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
index 2e93181..529e518 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
@@ -80,6 +80,8 @@
   controller. It's expected that a mux state of 0 indicates device mode and a
   mux state of 1 indicates host mode.
 - mux-control-names: Shall be "usb_switch" if mux-controls is specified.
+- pinctrl-names: Names for optional pin modes in "default", "host", "device"
+- pinctrl-n: alternate pin modes
 
 i.mx specific properties
 - fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
index 46da5f1..6dc3c4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   - brcm,bcm2835-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the BCM2835 SoC.
   - hisilicon,hi6220-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the hi6220 SoC.
   - rockchip,rk3066-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the rk3066 Soc;
+  - "rockchip,px30-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for px30 Soc;
   - "rockchip,rk3188-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3188 Soc;
   - "rockchip,rk3288-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3288 Soc;
   - "lantiq,arx100-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq ARX SoCs;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
index 3e4c38b..636630f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
     "cavium,octeon-7130-usb-uctl"
     "qcom,dwc3"
     "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3"
+    "samsung,exynos5433-dwusb3"
     "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3"
     "sprd,sc9860-dwc3"
     "st,stih407-dwc3"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-mv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-mv.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3355898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-mv.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Marvell PXA/MMP EHCI controller.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: must be "marvell,pxau2o-ehci"
+- reg: physical base addresses of the controller and length of memory mapped region
+- interrupts: one EHCI controller interrupt should be described here
+- clocks: phandle list of usb clocks
+- clock-names: should be "USBCLK"
+- phys: phandle for the PHY device
+- phy-names: should be "usb"
+
+Example:
+
+	ehci0: usb-ehci@d4208000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,pxau2o-ehci";
+		reg = <0xd4208000 0x200>;
+		interrupts = <44>;
+		clocks = <&soc_clocks MMP2_CLK_USB>;
+		clock-names = "USBCLK";
+		phys = <&usb_otg_phy>;
+		phy-names = "usb";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
index c973743..b7111f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
@@ -83,6 +83,8 @@
  - compatible: should be one of the following -
 	       "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on
 					    Exynos5250/5420.
+	       "samsung,exynos5433-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on
+					    Exynos5433.
 	       "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on Exynos7.
  - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes
 				 with 'reg' property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/faraday,fotg210.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/faraday,fotg210.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06a2286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/faraday,fotg210.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Faraday FOTG Host controller
+
+This OTG-capable USB host controller is found in Cortina Systems
+Gemini and other SoC products.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one of:
+  "faraday,fotg210"
+  "cortina,gemini-usb", "faraday,fotg210"
+- reg: should contain one register range i.e. start and length
+- interrupts: description of the interrupt line
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: should contain the IP block clock
+- clock-names: should be "PCLK" for the IP block clock
+
+Required properties for "cortina,gemini-usb" compatible:
+- syscon: a phandle to the system controller to access PHY registers
+
+Optional properties for "cortina,gemini-usb" compatible:
+- cortina,gemini-mini-b: boolean property that indicates that a Mini-B
+  OTG connector is in use
+- wakeup-source: see power/wakeup-source.txt
+
+Example for Gemini:
+
+usb@68000000 {
+	compatible = "cortina,gemini-usb", "faraday,fotg210";
+	reg = <0x68000000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&cc 12>;
+	clock-names = "PCLK";
+	syscon = <&syscon>;
+	wakeup-source;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt
index 6087dc7..a5d011d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,19 @@
 - reg                    : I2C slave address
 - interrupts             : Interrupt specifier
 
-Optional properties :
-- fcs,operating-sink-microwatt :
-			   Minimum amount of power accepted from a sink
-			   when negotiating
+Required sub-node:
+- connector : The "usb-c-connector" attached to the FUSB302 IC. The bindings
+  of the connector node are specified in:
+
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+
+Deprecated properties :
+- fcs,max-sink-microvolt : Maximum sink voltage accepted by port controller
+- fcs,max-sink-microamp : Maximum sink current accepted by port controller
+- fcs,max-sink-microwatt : Maximum sink power accepted by port controller
+- fcs,operating-sink-microwatt : Minimum amount of power accepted from a sink
+  when negotiating
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -17,7 +26,16 @@
 	reg = <0x54>;
 	interrupt-parent = <&nmi_intc>;
 	interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
-	fcs,max-sink-microvolt = <12000000>;
-	fcs,max-sink-microamp = <3000000>;
-	fcs,max-sink-microwatt = <36000000>;
+
+	usb_con: connector {
+		compatible = "usb-c-connector";
+		label = "USB-C";
+		power-role = "dual";
+		try-power-role = "sink";
+		source-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 3000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)>;
+		sink-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 3000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)
+			     PDO_VAR(3000, 12000, 3000)
+			     PDO_PPS_APDO(3000, 11000, 3000)>;
+		op-sink-microwatt = <10000000>;
+	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt
index 2c071bb..d366555 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt
@@ -2,11 +2,13 @@
 
 Required properties:
   - compatible: Must contain one of the following:
+	- "renesas,r8a774a1-usb3-peri"
 	- "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-peri"
 	- "renesas,r8a7796-usb3-peri"
 	- "renesas,r8a77965-usb3-peri"
-	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-peri" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible
-	  device
+	- "renesas,r8a77990-usb3-peri"
+	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-peri" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	  compatible device
 
     When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
     SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt
index 43960fa..90719f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@
   - compatible: Must contain one or more of the following:
 
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7743" for r8a7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7744" for r8a7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7745" for r8a7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a774a1" for r8a774a1 (RZ/G2M) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7790" for r8a7790 (R-Car H2) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7791" for r8a7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7792" for r8a7792 (R-Car V2H) compatible device
@@ -13,10 +15,11 @@
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7795" for r8a7795 (R-Car H3) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7796" for r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a77965" for r8a77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a77990" for r8a77990 (R-Car E3) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a77995" for r8a77995 (R-Car D3) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r7s72100" for r7s72100 (RZ/A1) compatible device
 	- "renesas,rcar-gen2-usbhs" for R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible devices
-	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usbhs" for R-Car Gen3 compatible device
+	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usbhs" for R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 compatible devices
 	- "renesas,rza1-usbhs" for RZ/A1 compatible device
 
 	When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
@@ -25,7 +28,11 @@
 
   - reg: Base address and length of the register for the USBHS
   - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the USBHS
-  - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+  - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs.
+	    - In case of "renesas,rcar-gen3-usbhs", two clocks are required.
+	      First clock should be peripheral and second one should be host.
+	    - In case of except above, one clock is required. First clock
+	      should be peripheral.
 
 Optional properties:
   - renesas,buswait: Integer to use BUSWAIT register
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
index 0f1b753..406252d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,11 @@
  - needs-reset-on-resume : boolean, set this to force EHCI reset after resume
  - has-transaction-translator : boolean, set this if EHCI have a Transaction
 				Translator built into the root hub.
- - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+ - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs. In case of Renesas
+	    R-Car Gen3 SoCs:
+	    - if a host only channel: first clock should be host.
+	    - if a USB DRD channel: first clock should be host and second one
+				    should be peripheral.
  - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
  - resets : phandle + reset specifier pair
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
index a8d2103..aaaa525 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,11 @@
 - no-big-frame-no : boolean, set if frame_no lives in bits [15:0] of HCCA
 - remote-wakeup-connected: remote wakeup is wired on the platform
 - num-ports : u32, to override the detected port count
-- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs. In case of Renesas
+	   R-Car Gen3 SoCs:
+	   - if a host only channel: first clock should be host.
+	   - if a USB DRD channel: first clock should be host and second one
+				   should be peripheral.
 - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
 - resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
index ac4cd0d..fea8b15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
     - "marvell,armada-375-xhci" for Armada 375 SoCs
     - "marvell,armada-380-xhci" for Armada 38x SoCs
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7743" for r8a7743 SoC
+    - "renesas,xhci-r8a7744" for r8a7744 SoC
+    - "renesas,xhci-r8a774a1" for r8a774a1 SoC
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7790" for r8a7790 SoC
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7791" for r8a7791 SoC
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7793" for r8a7793 SoC
@@ -17,7 +19,8 @@
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a77990" for r8a77990 SoC
     - "renesas,rcar-gen2-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible
       device
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 compatible
+      device
     - "xhci-platform" (deprecated)
 
     When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 2c3fc51..4b1a2a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@
 crane	Crane Connectivity Solutions
 creative	Creative Technology Ltd
 crystalfontz	Crystalfontz America, Inc.
+csky	Hangzhou C-SKY Microsystems Co., Ltd
 cubietech	Cubietech, Ltd.
 cypress	Cypress Semiconductor Corporation
 cznic	CZ.NIC, z.s.p.o.
@@ -114,6 +115,7 @@
 embest	Shenzhen Embest Technology Co., Ltd.
 emmicro	EM Microelectronic
 emtrion	emtrion GmbH
+endless	Endless Mobile, Inc.
 energymicro	Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS)
 engicam	Engicam S.r.l.
 epcos	EPCOS AG
@@ -127,6 +129,7 @@
 exar	Exar Corporation
 excito	Excito
 ezchip	EZchip Semiconductor
+facebook	Facebook
 fairphone	Fairphone B.V.
 faraday	Faraday Technology Corporation
 fastrax	Fastrax Oy
@@ -235,6 +238,7 @@
 microchip	Microchip Technology Inc.
 microcrystal	Micro Crystal AG
 micron	Micron Technology Inc.
+mikroe		MikroElektronika d.o.o.
 minix	MINIX Technology Ltd.
 miramems	MiraMEMS Sensing Technology Co., Ltd.
 mitsubishi	Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
@@ -274,6 +278,7 @@
 okaya	Okaya Electric America, Inc.
 oki	Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
 olimex	OLIMEX Ltd.
+olpc	One Laptop Per Child
 onion	Onion Corporation
 onnn	ON Semiconductor Corp.
 ontat	On Tat Industrial Company
@@ -297,6 +302,7 @@
 pixcir  PIXCIR MICROELECTRONICS Co., Ltd
 plathome	Plat'Home Co., Ltd.
 plda	PLDA
+plx	Broadcom Corporation (formerly PLX Technology)
 portwell	Portwell Inc.
 poslab	Poslab Technology Co., Ltd.
 powervr	PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d00c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Armada 37xx CPU Watchdog Timer Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "marvell,armada-3700-wdt"
+- reg : base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+- clocks : the clock feeding the watchdog timer. See clock-bindings.txt
+- marvell,system-controller : reference to syscon node for the CPU Miscellaneous
+	Registers
+
+Example:
+
+	cpu_misc: system-controller@d000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-cpu-misc", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xd000 0x1000>;
+	};
+
+	wdt: watchdog@8300 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-wdt";
+		reg = <0x8300 0x40>;
+		marvell,system-controller = <&cpu_misc>;
+		clocks = <&xtalclk>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a384ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Freescale mpc8xxx watchdog driver (For 83xx, 86xx and 8xx)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Shall contain one of the following:
+	"mpc83xx_wdt" for an mpc83xx
+	"fsl,mpc8610-wdt" for an mpc86xx
+	"fsl,mpc823-wdt" for an mpc8xx
+- reg: base physical address and length of the area hosting the
+       watchdog registers.
+		On the 83xx, "Watchdog Timer Registers" area:	<0x200 0x100>
+		On the 86xx, "Watchdog Timer Registers" area:	<0xe4000 0x100>
+		On the 8xx, "General System Interface Unit" area: <0x0 0x10>
+
+Optional properties:
+- reg: additional physical address and length (4) of location of the
+       Reset Status Register (called RSTRSCR on the mpc86xx)
+		On the 83xx, it is located at offset 0x910
+		On the 86xx, it is located at offset 0xe0094
+		On the 8xx, it is located at offset 0x288
+
+Example:
+		WDT: watchdog@0 {
+		    compatible = "fsl,mpc823-wdt";
+		    reg = <0x0 0x10 0x288 0x4>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
index 9407212..a8ee29f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 		version.
 	       Examples with soctypes are:
 		 - "renesas,r8a7743-wdt" (RZ/G1M)
+		 - "renesas,r8a7744-wdt" (RZ/G1N)
 		 - "renesas,r8a7745-wdt" (RZ/G1E)
 		 - "renesas,r8a774a1-wdt" (RZ/G2M)
 	         - "renesas,r8a7790-wdt" (R-Car H2)
@@ -20,6 +21,7 @@
 	         - "renesas,r8a77990-wdt" (R-Car E3)
 	         - "renesas,r8a77995-wdt" (R-Car D3)
 	         - "renesas,r7s72100-wdt" (RZ/A1)
+	         - "renesas,r7s9210-wdt"  (RZ/A2)
 		The generic compatible string must be:
 		 - "renesas,rza-wdt" for RZ/A
 		 - "renesas,rcar-gen2-wdt" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst
index 826e85d..e970fad 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst
@@ -121,6 +121,9 @@
 .. kernel-doc:: kernel/rcu/update.c
    :export:
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/overflow.h
+   :internal:
+
 Device Resource Management
 --------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firewire.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firewire.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94a2d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firewire.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+===========================================
+Firewire (IEEE 1394) driver Interface Guide
+===========================================
+
+Introduction and Overview
+=========================
+
+The Linux FireWire subsystem adds some interfaces into the Linux system to
+ use/maintain+any resource on IEEE 1394 bus.
+
+The main purpose of these interfaces is to access address space on each node
+on IEEE 1394 bus by ISO/IEC 13213 (IEEE 1212) procedure, and to control
+isochronous resources on the bus by IEEE 1394 procedure.
+
+Two types of interfaces are added, according to consumers of the interface. A
+set of userspace interfaces is available via `firewire character devices`. A set
+of kernel interfaces is available via exported symbols in `firewire-core` module.
+
+Firewire char device data structures
+====================================
+
+.. include:: /ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
+    :literal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/firewire-cdev.h
+    :internal:
+
+Firewire device probing and sysfs interfaces
+============================================
+
+.. include:: /ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
+    :literal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/firewire/core-device.c
+    :export:
+
+Firewire core transaction interfaces
+====================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/firewire/core-transaction.c
+    :export:
+
+Firewire Isochronous I/O interfaces
+===================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/firewire/core-iso.c
+   :export:
+
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst
index 2c2aaca..71c5a40 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst
@@ -4,6 +4,12 @@
 API to implement a new FPGA bridge
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_bridge` — The FPGA Bridge structure
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_bridge_ops` — Low level Bridge driver ops
+* :c:func:`devm_fpga_bridge_create()` — Allocate and init a bridge struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridge_register()` — Register a bridge
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridge_unregister()` — Unregister a bridge
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-bridge.h
    :functions: fpga_bridge
 
@@ -11,39 +17,10 @@
    :functions: fpga_bridge_ops
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_create
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_free
+   :functions: devm_fpga_bridge_create
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
    :functions: fpga_bridge_register
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
    :functions: fpga_bridge_unregister
-
-API to control an FPGA bridge
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-You probably won't need these directly.  FPGA regions should handle this.
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: of_fpga_bridge_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_put
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_get_to_list
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: of_fpga_bridge_get_to_list
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_enable
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_disable
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
index 82b6dbb..576f194 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
@@ -49,18 +49,14 @@
 		 * them in priv
 		 */
 
-		mgr = fpga_mgr_create(dev, "Altera SOCFPGA FPGA Manager",
-				      &socfpga_fpga_ops, priv);
+		mgr = devm_fpga_mgr_create(dev, "Altera SOCFPGA FPGA Manager",
+					   &socfpga_fpga_ops, priv);
 		if (!mgr)
 			return -ENOMEM;
 
 		platform_set_drvdata(pdev, mgr);
 
-		ret = fpga_mgr_register(mgr);
-		if (ret)
-			fpga_mgr_free(mgr);
-
-		return ret;
+		return fpga_mgr_register(mgr);
 	}
 
 	static int socfpga_fpga_remove(struct platform_device *pdev)
@@ -102,67 +98,19 @@
 and return a code of type enum fpga_mgr_states.  It doesn't result in a change
 in state.
 
-How to write an image buffer to a supported FPGA
-------------------------------------------------
-
-Some sample code::
-
-	#include <linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h>
-
-	struct fpga_manager *mgr;
-	struct fpga_image_info *info;
-	int ret;
-
-	/*
-	 * Get a reference to FPGA manager.  The manager is not locked, so you can
-	 * hold onto this reference without it preventing programming.
-	 *
-	 * This example uses the device node of the manager.  Alternatively, use
-	 * fpga_mgr_get(dev) instead if you have the device.
-	 */
-	mgr = of_fpga_mgr_get(mgr_node);
-
-	/* struct with information about the FPGA image to program. */
-	info = fpga_image_info_alloc(dev);
-
-	/* flags indicates whether to do full or partial reconfiguration */
-	info->flags = FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG;
-
-	/*
-	 * At this point, indicate where the image is. This is pseudo-code; you're
-	 * going to use one of these three.
-	 */
-	if (image is in a scatter gather table) {
-
-		info->sgt = [your scatter gather table]
-
-	} else if (image is in a buffer) {
-
-		info->buf = [your image buffer]
-		info->count = [image buffer size]
-
-	} else if (image is in a firmware file) {
-
-		info->firmware_name = devm_kstrdup(dev, firmware_name, GFP_KERNEL);
-
-	}
-
-	/* Get exclusive control of FPGA manager */
-	ret = fpga_mgr_lock(mgr);
-
-	/* Load the buffer to the FPGA */
-	ret = fpga_mgr_buf_load(mgr, &info, buf, count);
-
-	/* Release the FPGA manager */
-	fpga_mgr_unlock(mgr);
-	fpga_mgr_put(mgr);
-
-	/* Deallocate the image info if you're done with it */
-	fpga_image_info_free(info);
-
 API for implementing a new FPGA Manager driver
 ----------------------------------------------
 
+* ``fpga_mgr_states`` —  Values for :c:member:`fpga_manager->state`.
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_manager` —  the FPGA manager struct
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_manager_ops` —  Low level FPGA manager driver ops
+* :c:func:`devm_fpga_mgr_create` —  Allocate and init a manager struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_register` —  Register an FPGA manager
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_unregister` —  Unregister an FPGA manager
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
+   :functions: fpga_mgr_states
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
    :functions: fpga_manager
 
@@ -170,56 +118,10 @@
    :functions: fpga_manager_ops
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_create
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_free
+   :functions: devm_fpga_mgr_create
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
    :functions: fpga_mgr_register
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
    :functions: fpga_mgr_unregister
-
-API for programming an FPGA
----------------------------
-
-FPGA Manager flags
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :doc: FPGA Manager flags
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :functions: fpga_image_info
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_states
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_image_info_alloc
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_image_info_free
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: of_fpga_mgr_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_put
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_lock
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_unlock
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_states
-
-Note - use :c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()` instead of :c:func:`fpga_mgr_load()`
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_load
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-programming.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-programming.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5484df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-programming.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+In-kernel API for FPGA Programming
+==================================
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+The in-kernel API for FPGA programming is a combination of APIs from
+FPGA manager, bridge, and regions.  The actual function used to
+trigger FPGA programming is :c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()`.
+
+:c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()` uses functionality supplied by
+the FPGA manager and bridges.  It will:
+
+ * lock the region's mutex
+ * lock the mutex of the region's FPGA manager
+ * build a list of FPGA bridges if a method has been specified to do so
+ * disable the bridges
+ * program the FPGA using info passed in :c:member:`fpga_region->info`.
+ * re-enable the bridges
+ * release the locks
+
+The struct fpga_image_info specifies what FPGA image to program.  It is
+allocated/freed by :c:func:`fpga_image_info_alloc()` and freed with
+:c:func:`fpga_image_info_free()`
+
+How to program an FPGA using a region
+-------------------------------------
+
+When the FPGA region driver probed, it was given a pointer to an FPGA manager
+driver so it knows which manager to use.  The region also either has a list of
+bridges to control during programming or it has a pointer to a function that
+will generate that list.  Here's some sample code of what to do next::
+
+	#include <linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h>
+	#include <linux/fpga/fpga-region.h>
+
+	struct fpga_image_info *info;
+	int ret;
+
+	/*
+	 * First, alloc the struct with information about the FPGA image to
+	 * program.
+	 */
+	info = fpga_image_info_alloc(dev);
+	if (!info)
+		return -ENOMEM;
+
+	/* Set flags as needed, such as: */
+	info->flags = FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG;
+
+	/*
+	 * Indicate where the FPGA image is. This is pseudo-code; you're
+	 * going to use one of these three.
+	 */
+	if (image is in a scatter gather table) {
+
+		info->sgt = [your scatter gather table]
+
+	} else if (image is in a buffer) {
+
+		info->buf = [your image buffer]
+		info->count = [image buffer size]
+
+	} else if (image is in a firmware file) {
+
+		info->firmware_name = devm_kstrdup(dev, firmware_name,
+						   GFP_KERNEL);
+
+	}
+
+	/* Add info to region and do the programming */
+	region->info = info;
+	ret = fpga_region_program_fpga(region);
+
+	/* Deallocate the image info if you're done with it */
+	region->info = NULL;
+	fpga_image_info_free(info);
+
+	if (ret)
+		return ret;
+
+	/* Now enumerate whatever hardware has appeared in the FPGA. */
+
+API for programming an FPGA
+---------------------------
+
+* :c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga` —  Program an FPGA
+* :c:type:`fpga_image_info` —  Specifies what FPGA image to program
+* :c:func:`fpga_image_info_alloc()` —  Allocate an FPGA image info struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_image_info_free()` —  Free an FPGA image info struct
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
+   :functions: fpga_region_program_fpga
+
+FPGA Manager flags
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
+   :doc: FPGA Manager flags
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
+   :functions: fpga_image_info
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_image_info_alloc
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_image_info_free
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
index f30333c..0529b2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
@@ -34,41 +34,6 @@
  * flags indicating specifics such as whether the image is for partial
    reconfiguration.
 
-How to program an FPGA using a region
--------------------------------------
-
-First, allocate the info struct::
-
-	info = fpga_image_info_alloc(dev);
-	if (!info)
-		return -ENOMEM;
-
-Set flags as needed, i.e.::
-
-	info->flags |= FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG;
-
-Point to your FPGA image, such as::
-
-	info->sgt = &sgt;
-
-Add info to region and do the programming::
-
-	region->info = info;
-	ret = fpga_region_program_fpga(region);
-
-:c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()` operates on info passed in the
-fpga_image_info (region->info).  This function will attempt to:
-
- * lock the region's mutex
- * lock the region's FPGA manager
- * build a list of FPGA bridges if a method has been specified to do so
- * disable the bridges
- * program the FPGA
- * re-enable the bridges
- * release the locks
-
-Then you will want to enumerate whatever hardware has appeared in the FPGA.
-
 How to add a new FPGA region
 ----------------------------
 
@@ -77,26 +42,62 @@
 .. [#f1] ../devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
 .. [#f2] ../../drivers/fpga/of-fpga-region.c
 
-API to program an FPGA
-----------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
-   :functions: fpga_region_program_fpga
-
 API to add a new FPGA region
 ----------------------------
 
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_region` — The FPGA region struct
+* :c:func:`devm_fpga_region_create` — Allocate and init a region struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_region_register` —  Register an FPGA region
+* :c:func:`fpga_region_unregister` —  Unregister an FPGA region
+
+The FPGA region's probe function will need to get a reference to the FPGA
+Manager it will be using to do the programming.  This usually would happen
+during the region's probe function.
+
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_get` — Get a reference to an FPGA manager, raise ref count
+* :c:func:`of_fpga_mgr_get` —  Get a reference to an FPGA manager, raise ref count,
+  given a device node.
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_put` — Put an FPGA manager
+
+The FPGA region will need to specify which bridges to control while programming
+the FPGA.  The region driver can build a list of bridges during probe time
+(:c:member:`fpga_region->bridge_list`) or it can have a function that creates
+the list of bridges to program just before programming
+(:c:member:`fpga_region->get_bridges`).  The FPGA bridge framework supplies the
+following APIs to handle building or tearing down that list.
+
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridge_get_to_list` — Get a ref of an FPGA bridge, add it to a
+  list
+* :c:func:`of_fpga_bridge_get_to_list` — Get a ref of an FPGA bridge, add it to a
+  list, given a device node
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridges_put` — Given a list of bridges, put them
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-region.h
    :functions: fpga_region
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
-   :functions: fpga_region_create
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
-   :functions: fpga_region_free
+   :functions: devm_fpga_region_create
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
    :functions: fpga_region_register
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
    :functions: fpga_region_unregister
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_mgr_get
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: of_fpga_mgr_get
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_mgr_put
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
+   :functions: fpga_bridge_get_to_list
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
+   :functions: of_fpga_bridge_get_to_list
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
+   :functions: fpga_bridges_put
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst
index c51e5eb..31a4773 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst
@@ -11,3 +11,5 @@
    fpga-mgr
    fpga-bridge
    fpga-region
+   fpga-programming
+
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
index 50d1cab..f54c7da 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 -----------
 
 If you are adding a new interface to the FPGA framework, add it on top
-of an FPGA region to allow the most reuse of your interface.
+of an FPGA region.
 
 The FPGA Region framework (fpga-region.c) associates managers and
 bridges as reconfigurable regions.  A region may refer to the whole
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
index 6d9f2f9..909f991 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
@@ -29,7 +29,8 @@
    iio/index
    input
    usb/index
-   pci
+   firewire
+   pci/index
    spi
    i2c
    hsi
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6cf1fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============================================
+The Linux PCI driver implementer's API guide
+============================================
+
+.. class:: toc-title
+
+	   Table of contents
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
+
+   pci
+   p2pdma
+
+.. only::  subproject and html
+
+   Indices
+   =======
+
+   * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci/p2pdma.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/p2pdma.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c577fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/p2pdma.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============================
+PCI Peer-to-Peer DMA Support
+============================
+
+The PCI bus has pretty decent support for performing DMA transfers
+between two devices on the bus. This type of transaction is henceforth
+called Peer-to-Peer (or P2P). However, there are a number of issues that
+make P2P transactions tricky to do in a perfectly safe way.
+
+One of the biggest issues is that PCI doesn't require forwarding
+transactions between hierarchy domains, and in PCIe, each Root Port
+defines a separate hierarchy domain. To make things worse, there is no
+simple way to determine if a given Root Complex supports this or not.
+(See PCIe r4.0, sec 1.3.1). Therefore, as of this writing, the kernel
+only supports doing P2P when the endpoints involved are all behind the
+same PCI bridge, as such devices are all in the same PCI hierarchy
+domain, and the spec guarantees that all transactions within the
+hierarchy will be routable, but it does not require routing
+between hierarchies.
+
+The second issue is that to make use of existing interfaces in Linux,
+memory that is used for P2P transactions needs to be backed by struct
+pages. However, PCI BARs are not typically cache coherent so there are
+a few corner case gotchas with these pages so developers need to
+be careful about what they do with them.
+
+
+Driver Writer's Guide
+=====================
+
+In a given P2P implementation there may be three or more different
+types of kernel drivers in play:
+
+* Provider - A driver which provides or publishes P2P resources like
+  memory or doorbell registers to other drivers.
+* Client - A driver which makes use of a resource by setting up a
+  DMA transaction to or from it.
+* Orchestrator - A driver which orchestrates the flow of data between
+  clients and providers.
+
+In many cases there could be overlap between these three types (i.e.,
+it may be typical for a driver to be both a provider and a client).
+
+For example, in the NVMe Target Copy Offload implementation:
+
+* The NVMe PCI driver is both a client, provider and orchestrator
+  in that it exposes any CMB (Controller Memory Buffer) as a P2P memory
+  resource (provider), it accepts P2P memory pages as buffers in requests
+  to be used directly (client) and it can also make use of the CMB as
+  submission queue entries (orchastrator).
+* The RDMA driver is a client in this arrangement so that an RNIC
+  can DMA directly to the memory exposed by the NVMe device.
+* The NVMe Target driver (nvmet) can orchestrate the data from the RNIC
+  to the P2P memory (CMB) and then to the NVMe device (and vice versa).
+
+This is currently the only arrangement supported by the kernel but
+one could imagine slight tweaks to this that would allow for the same
+functionality. For example, if a specific RNIC added a BAR with some
+memory behind it, its driver could add support as a P2P provider and
+then the NVMe Target could use the RNIC's memory instead of the CMB
+in cases where the NVMe cards in use do not have CMB support.
+
+
+Provider Drivers
+----------------
+
+A provider simply needs to register a BAR (or a portion of a BAR)
+as a P2P DMA resource using :c:func:`pci_p2pdma_add_resource()`.
+This will register struct pages for all the specified memory.
+
+After that it may optionally publish all of its resources as
+P2P memory using :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_publish()`. This will allow
+any orchestrator drivers to find and use the memory. When marked in
+this way, the resource must be regular memory with no side effects.
+
+For the time being this is fairly rudimentary in that all resources
+are typically going to be P2P memory. Future work will likely expand
+this to include other types of resources like doorbells.
+
+
+Client Drivers
+--------------
+
+A client driver typically only has to conditionally change its DMA map
+routine to use the mapping function :c:func:`pci_p2pdma_map_sg()` instead
+of the usual :c:func:`dma_map_sg()` function. Memory mapped in this
+way does not need to be unmapped.
+
+The client may also, optionally, make use of
+:c:func:`is_pci_p2pdma_page()` to determine when to use the P2P mapping
+functions and when to use the regular mapping functions. In some
+situations, it may be more appropriate to use a flag to indicate a
+given request is P2P memory and map appropriately. It is important to
+ensure that struct pages that back P2P memory stay out of code that
+does not have support for them as other code may treat the pages as
+regular memory which may not be appropriate.
+
+
+Orchestrator Drivers
+--------------------
+
+The first task an orchestrator driver must do is compile a list of
+all client devices that will be involved in a given transaction. For
+example, the NVMe Target driver creates a list including the namespace
+block device and the RNIC in use. If the orchestrator has access to
+a specific P2P provider to use it may check compatibility using
+:c:func:`pci_p2pdma_distance()` otherwise it may find a memory provider
+that's compatible with all clients using  :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_find()`.
+If more than one provider is supported, the one nearest to all the clients will
+be chosen first. If more than one provider is an equal distance away, the
+one returned will be chosen at random (it is not an arbitrary but
+truely random). This function returns the PCI device to use for the provider
+with a reference taken and therefore when it's no longer needed it should be
+returned with pci_dev_put().
+
+Once a provider is selected, the orchestrator can then use
+:c:func:`pci_alloc_p2pmem()` and :c:func:`pci_free_p2pmem()` to
+allocate P2P memory from the provider. :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_alloc_sgl()`
+and :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_free_sgl()` are convenience functions for
+allocating scatter-gather lists with P2P memory.
+
+Struct Page Caveats
+-------------------
+
+Driver writers should be very careful about not passing these special
+struct pages to code that isn't prepared for it. At this time, the kernel
+interfaces do not have any checks for ensuring this. This obviously
+precludes passing these pages to userspace.
+
+P2P memory is also technically IO memory but should never have any side
+effects behind it. Thus, the order of loads and stores should not be important
+and ioreadX(), iowriteX() and friends should not be necessary.
+However, as the memory is not cache coherent, if access ever needs to
+be protected by a spinlock then :c:func:`mmiowb()` must be used before
+unlocking the lock. (See ACQUIRES VS I/O ACCESSES in
+Documentation/memory-barriers.txt)
+
+
+P2P DMA Support Library
+=======================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/p2pdma.c
+   :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst
index 29121aa..26a6064 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst
@@ -101,6 +101,34 @@
 	+--------------------+                             |                |
 							   +----------------+
 
+Example 5: Stereo Stream with L and R channel is rendered by 2 Masters, each
+rendering one channel, and is received by two different Slaves, each
+receiving one channel. Both Masters and both Slaves are using single port. ::
+
+	+---------------+                    Clock Signal  +---------------+
+	|    Master     +----------------------------------+     Slave     |
+	|   Interface   |                                  |   Interface   |
+	|       1       |                                  |       1       |
+	|               |                     Data Signal  |               |
+	|       L       +----------------------------------+       L       |
+	|     (Data)    |     Data Direction               |     (Data)    |
+	+---------------+  +----------------------->       +---------------+
+
+	+---------------+                    Clock Signal  +---------------+
+	|    Master     +----------------------------------+     Slave     |
+	|   Interface   |                                  |   Interface   |
+	|       2       |                                  |       2       |
+	|               |                     Data Signal  |               |
+	|       R       +----------------------------------+       R       |
+	|     (Data)    |     Data Direction               |     (Data)    |
+	+---------------+  +----------------------->       +---------------+
+
+Note: In multi-link cases like above, to lock, one would acquire a global
+lock and then go on locking bus instances. But, in this case the caller
+framework(ASoC DPCM) guarantees that stream operations on a card are
+always serialized. So, there is no race condition and hence no need for
+global lock.
+
 SoundWire Stream Management flow
 ================================
 
@@ -174,6 +202,7 @@
 .startup() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_alloc_stream(char * stream_name);
 
 
@@ -200,6 +229,7 @@
 framework, this stream state is linked to .hw_params() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_stream_add_master(struct sdw_bus * bus,
 		struct sdw_stream_config * stream_config,
 		struct sdw_ports_config * ports_config,
@@ -245,6 +275,7 @@
 .prepare() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_prepare_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 
@@ -274,6 +305,7 @@
 .trigger() start operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_enable_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 SDW_STREAM_DISABLED
@@ -301,6 +333,7 @@
 .trigger() stop operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_disable_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 
@@ -325,6 +358,7 @@
 .trigger() stop operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_deprepare_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 
@@ -349,6 +383,7 @@
 framework, this stream state is linked to .hw_free() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_stream_remove_master(struct sdw_bus * bus,
 		struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
   int sdw_stream_remove_slave(struct sdw_slave * slave,
@@ -361,6 +396,7 @@
 In .shutdown() the data structure maintaining stream state are freed up.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   void sdw_release_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 Not Supported
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst
index fb2eb73..25f50ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
 
 Information about all UIO devices is available in sysfs. The first thing
 you should do in your driver is check ``name`` and ``version`` to make
-sure your talking to the right device and that its kernel driver has the
-version you expect.
+sure you're talking to the right device and that its kernel driver has
+the version you expect.
 
 You should also make sure that the memory mapping you need exists and
 has the size you expect.
diff --git a/Documentation/efi-stub.txt b/Documentation/efi-stub.txt
index 41df801..833edb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/efi-stub.txt
+++ b/Documentation/efi-stub.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,18 @@
 The "dtb=" option
 -----------------
 
-For the ARM and arm64 architectures, we also need to be able to provide a
-device tree to the kernel. This is done with the "dtb=" command line option,
-and is processed in the same manner as the "initrd=" option that is
+For the ARM and arm64 architectures, a device tree must be provided to
+the kernel. Normally firmware shall supply the device tree via the
+EFI CONFIGURATION TABLE. However, the "dtb=" command line option can
+be used to override the firmware supplied device tree, or to supply
+one when firmware is unable to.
+
+Please note: Firmware adds runtime configuration information to the
+device tree before booting the kernel. If dtb= is used to override
+the device tree, then any runtime data provided by firmware will be
+lost. The dtb= option should only be used either as a debug tool, or
+as a last resort when a device tree is not provided in the EFI
+CONFIGURATION TABLE.
+
+"dtb=" is processed in the same manner as the "initrd=" option that is
 described above.
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX b/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index fe85e7c..0000000
--- a/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-Index of files in Documentation/fb.  If you think something about frame
-buffer devices needs an entry here, needs correction or you've written one
-please mail me.
-				    Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
-
-00-INDEX
-	- this file.
-api.txt
-	- The frame buffer API between applications and buffer devices.
-arkfb.txt
-	- info on the fbdev driver for ARK Logic chips.
-aty128fb.txt
-	- info on the ATI Rage128 frame buffer driver.
-cirrusfb.txt
-	- info on the driver for Cirrus Logic chipsets.
-cmap_xfbdev.txt
-	- an introduction to fbdev's cmap structures.
-deferred_io.txt
-	- an introduction to deferred IO.
-efifb.txt
-	- info on the EFI platform driver for Intel based Apple computers.
-ep93xx-fb.txt
-	- info on the driver for EP93xx LCD controller.
-fbcon.txt
-	- intro to and usage guide for the framebuffer console (fbcon).
-framebuffer.txt
-	- introduction to frame buffer devices.
-gxfb.txt
-	- info on the framebuffer driver for AMD Geode GX2 based processors.
-intel810.txt
-	- documentation for the Intel 810/815 framebuffer driver.
-intelfb.txt
-	- docs for Intel 830M/845G/852GM/855GM/865G/915G/945G fb driver.
-internals.txt
-	- quick overview of frame buffer device internals.
-lxfb.txt
-	- info on the framebuffer driver for AMD Geode LX based processors.
-matroxfb.txt
-	- info on the Matrox framebuffer driver for Alpha, Intel and PPC.
-metronomefb.txt
-	- info on the driver for the Metronome display controller.
-modedb.txt
-	- info on the video mode database.
-pvr2fb.txt
-	- info on the PowerVR 2 frame buffer driver.
-pxafb.txt
-	- info on the driver for the PXA25x LCD controller.
-s3fb.txt
-	- info on the fbdev driver for S3 Trio/Virge chips.
-sa1100fb.txt
-	- information about the driver for the SA-1100 LCD controller.
-sh7760fb.txt
-	- info on the SH7760/SH7763 integrated LCDC Framebuffer driver.
-sisfb.txt
-	- info on the framebuffer device driver for various SiS chips.
-sm501.txt
-	- info on the framebuffer device driver for sm501 videoframebuffer.
-sstfb.txt
-	- info on the frame buffer driver for 3dfx' Voodoo Graphics boards.
-tgafb.txt
-	- info on the TGA (DECChip 21030) frame buffer driver.
-tridentfb.txt
-	info on the framebuffer driver for some Trident chip based cards.
-udlfb.txt
-	- Driver for DisplayLink USB 2.0 chips.
-uvesafb.txt
-	- info on the userspace VESA (VBE2+ compliant) frame buffer device.
-vesafb.txt
-	- info on the VESA frame buffer device.
-viafb.modes
-	- list of modes for VIA Integration Graphic Chip.
-viafb.txt
-	- info on the VIA Integration Graphic Chip console framebuffer driver.
-vt8623fb.txt
-	- info on the fb driver for the graphics core in VIA VT8623 chipsets.
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt b/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt
index 950d5a6..413bb73 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
 
 You can pass options to vesafb using "video=vesafb:option" on
 the kernel command line.  Multiple options should be separated
-by comma, like this: "video=vesafb:ypan,invers"
+by comma, like this: "video=vesafb:ypan,inverse"
 
 Accepted options:
 
-invers	no comment...
+inverse	use inverse color map
 
 ypan	enable display panning using the VESA protected mode 
 	interface.  The visible screen is just a window of the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
deleted file mode 100644
index 0937bad..0000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-00-INDEX
-	- this file (info on some of the filesystems supported by linux).
-Locking
-	- info on locking rules as they pertain to Linux VFS.
-9p.txt
-	- 9p (v9fs) is an implementation of the Plan 9 remote fs protocol.
-adfs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the Acorn Advanced Disc Filing System.
-afs.txt
-	- info and examples for the distributed AFS (Andrew File System) fs.
-affs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the Amiga Fast File System.
-autofs-mount-control.txt
-	- info on device control operations for autofs module.
-automount-support.txt
-	- information about filesystem automount support.
-befs.txt
-	- information about the BeOS filesystem for Linux.
-bfs.txt
-	- info for the SCO UnixWare Boot Filesystem (BFS).
-btrfs.txt
-	- info for the BTRFS filesystem.
-caching/
-	- directory containing filesystem cache documentation.
-ceph.txt
-	- info for the Ceph Distributed File System.
-cifs/
-	- directory containing CIFS filesystem documentation and example code.
-coda.txt
-	- description of the CODA filesystem.
-configfs/
-	- directory containing configfs documentation and example code.
-cramfs.txt
-	- info on the cram filesystem for small storage (ROMs etc).
-dax.txt
-	- info on avoiding the page cache for files stored on CPU-addressable
-	  storage devices.
-debugfs.txt
-	- info on the debugfs filesystem.
-devpts.txt
-	- info on the devpts filesystem.
-directory-locking
-	- info about the locking scheme used for directory operations.
-dlmfs.txt
-	- info on the userspace interface to the OCFS2 DLM.
-dnotify.txt
-	- info about directory notification in Linux.
-dnotify_test.c
-	- example program for dnotify.
-ecryptfs.txt
-	- docs on eCryptfs: stacked cryptographic filesystem for Linux.
-efivarfs.txt
-	- info for the efivarfs filesystem.
-exofs.txt
-	- info, usage, mount options, design about EXOFS.
-ext2.txt
-	- info, mount options and specifications for the Ext2 filesystem.
-ext3.txt
-	- info, mount options and specifications for the Ext3 filesystem.
-ext4.txt
-	- info, mount options and specifications for the Ext4 filesystem.
-f2fs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the F2FS filesystem.
-fiemap.txt
-	- info on fiemap ioctl.
-files.txt
-	- info on file management in the Linux kernel.
-fuse.txt
-	- info on the Filesystem in User SpacE including mount options.
-gfs2-glocks.txt
-	- info on the Global File System 2 - Glock internal locking rules.
-gfs2-uevents.txt
-	- info on the Global File System 2 - uevents.
-gfs2.txt
-	- info on the Global File System 2.
-hfs.txt
-	- info on the Macintosh HFS Filesystem for Linux.
-hfsplus.txt
-	- info on the Macintosh HFSPlus Filesystem for Linux.
-hpfs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the OS/2 HPFS.
-inotify.txt
-	- info on the powerful yet simple file change notification system.
-isofs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the ISO 9660 (CDROM) filesystem.
-jfs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the JFS filesystem.
-locks.txt
-	- info on file locking implementations, flock() vs. fcntl(), etc.
-mandatory-locking.txt
-	- info on the Linux implementation of Sys V mandatory file locking.
-nfs/
-	- nfs-related documentation.
-nilfs2.txt
-	- info and mount options for the NILFS2 filesystem.
-ntfs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the NTFS filesystem (Windows NT).
-ocfs2.txt
-	- info and mount options for the OCFS2 clustered filesystem.
-omfs.txt
-	- info on the Optimized MPEG FileSystem.
-path-lookup.txt
-	- info on path walking and name lookup locking.
-pohmelfs/
-	- directory containing pohmelfs filesystem documentation.
-porting
-	- various information on filesystem porting.
-proc.txt
-	- info on Linux's /proc filesystem.
-qnx6.txt
-	- info on the QNX6 filesystem.
-quota.txt
-	- info on Quota subsystem.
-ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt
-	- info on the 'in memory' filesystems ramfs, rootfs and initramfs.
-relay.txt
-	- info on relay, for efficient streaming from kernel to user space.
-romfs.txt
-	- description of the ROMFS filesystem.
-seq_file.txt
-	- how to use the seq_file API.
-sharedsubtree.txt
-	- a description of shared subtrees for namespaces.
-spufs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the SPU filesystem used on Cell.
-squashfs.txt
-	- info on the squashfs filesystem.
-sysfs-pci.txt
-	- info on accessing PCI device resources through sysfs.
-sysfs-tagging.txt
-	- info on sysfs tagging to avoid duplicates.
-sysfs.txt
-	- info on sysfs, a ram-based filesystem for exporting kernel objects.
-sysv-fs.txt
-	- info on the SystemV/V7/Xenix/Coherent filesystem.
-tmpfs.txt
-	- info on tmpfs, a filesystem that holds all files in virtual memory.
-ubifs.txt
-	- info on the Unsorted Block Images FileSystem.
-udf.txt
-	- info and mount options for the UDF filesystem.
-ufs.txt
-	- info on the ufs filesystem.
-vfat.txt
-	- info on using the VFAT filesystem used in Windows NT and Windows 95.
-vfs.txt
-	- overview of the Virtual File System.
-xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt
-	- info on the XFS Delayed Logging Design.
-xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt
-	- info on XFS Self Describing Metadata.
-xfs.txt
-	- info and mount options for the XFS filesystem.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
index 8bf6224..1177052 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
@@ -151,6 +151,11 @@
         Report overall filesystem usage in statfs instead of using the root
         directory quota.
 
+  nocopyfrom
+        Don't use the RADOS 'copy-from' operation to perform remote object
+        copies.  Currently, it's only used in copy_file_range, which will revert
+        to the default VFS implementation if this option is used.
+
 More Information
 ================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt
index 70cb68b..bc393e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
 These filesystems may be used for inspiration:
 - ext2: see Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
-- ext4: see Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
+- ext4: see Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ext4.rst
 - xfs:  see Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
index 81c0bec..a45c9fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
 the time of the crash, then there is no guarantee of consistency for
 the blocks in that transaction so they are discarded (which means any
 filesystem changes they represent are also lost).
-Check Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt if you want to read more about
+Check Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ext4.rst if you want to read more about
 ext4 and journaling.
 
 References
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/about.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/about.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/about.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/about.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/allocators.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/allocators.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/allocators.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/allocators.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/attributes.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/attributes.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54386a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/attributes.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+Extended Attributes
+-------------------
+
+Extended attributes (xattrs) are typically stored in a separate data
+block on the disk and referenced from inodes via ``inode.i_file_acl*``.
+The first use of extended attributes seems to have been for storing file
+ACLs and other security data (selinux). With the ``user_xattr`` mount
+option it is possible for users to store extended attributes so long as
+all attribute names begin with “user”; this restriction seems to have
+disappeared as of Linux 3.0.
+
+There are two places where extended attributes can be found. The first
+place is between the end of each inode entry and the beginning of the
+next inode entry. For example, if inode.i\_extra\_isize = 28 and
+sb.inode\_size = 256, then there are 256 - (128 + 28) = 100 bytes
+available for in-inode extended attribute storage. The second place
+where extended attributes can be found is in the block pointed to by
+``inode.i_file_acl``. As of Linux 3.11, it is not possible for this
+block to contain a pointer to a second extended attribute block (or even
+the remaining blocks of a cluster). In theory it is possible for each
+attribute's value to be stored in a separate data block, though as of
+Linux 3.11 the code does not permit this.
+
+Keys are generally assumed to be ASCIIZ strings, whereas values can be
+strings or binary data.
+
+Extended attributes, when stored after the inode, have a header
+``ext4_xattr_ibody_header`` that is 4 bytes long:
+
+.. list-table::
+   :widths: 8 8 24 40
+   :header-rows: 1
+
+   * - Offset
+     - Type
+     - Name
+     - Description
+   * - 0x0
+     - \_\_le32
+     - h\_magic
+     - Magic number for identification, 0xEA020000. This value is set by the
+       Linux driver, though e2fsprogs doesn't seem to check it(?)
+
+The beginning of an extended attribute block is in
+``struct ext4_xattr_header``, which is 32 bytes long:
+
+.. list-table::
+   :widths: 8 8 24 40
+   :header-rows: 1
+
+   * - Offset
+     - Type
+     - Name
+     - Description
+   * - 0x0
+     - \_\_le32
+     - h\_magic
+     - Magic number for identification, 0xEA020000.
+   * - 0x4
+     - \_\_le32
+     - h\_refcount
+     - Reference count.
+   * - 0x8
+     - \_\_le32
+     - h\_blocks
+     - Number of disk blocks used.
+   * - 0xC
+     - \_\_le32
+     - h\_hash
+     - Hash value of all attributes.
+   * - 0x10
+     - \_\_le32
+     - h\_checksum
+     - Checksum of the extended attribute block.
+   * - 0x14
+     - \_\_u32
+     - h\_reserved[2]
+     - Zero.
+
+The checksum is calculated against the FS UUID, the 64-bit block number
+of the extended attribute block, and the entire block (header +
+entries).
+
+Following the ``struct ext4_xattr_header`` or
+``struct ext4_xattr_ibody_header`` is an array of
+``struct ext4_xattr_entry``; each of these entries is at least 16 bytes
+long. When stored in an external block, the ``struct ext4_xattr_entry``
+entries must be stored in sorted order. The sort order is
+``e_name_index``, then ``e_name_len``, and finally ``e_name``.
+Attributes stored inside an inode do not need be stored in sorted order.
+
+.. list-table::
+   :widths: 8 8 24 40
+   :header-rows: 1
+
+   * - Offset
+     - Type
+     - Name
+     - Description
+   * - 0x0
+     - \_\_u8
+     - e\_name\_len
+     - Length of name.
+   * - 0x1
+     - \_\_u8
+     - e\_name\_index
+     - Attribute name index. There is a discussion of this below.
+   * - 0x2
+     - \_\_le16
+     - e\_value\_offs
+     - Location of this attribute's value on the disk block where it is stored.
+       Multiple attributes can share the same value. For an inode attribute
+       this value is relative to the start of the first entry; for a block this
+       value is relative to the start of the block (i.e. the header).
+   * - 0x4
+     - \_\_le32
+     - e\_value\_inum
+     - The inode where the value is stored. Zero indicates the value is in the
+       same block as this entry. This field is only used if the
+       INCOMPAT\_EA\_INODE feature is enabled.
+   * - 0x8
+     - \_\_le32
+     - e\_value\_size
+     - Length of attribute value.
+   * - 0xC
+     - \_\_le32
+     - e\_hash
+     - Hash value of attribute name and attribute value. The kernel doesn't
+       update the hash for in-inode attributes, so for that case this value
+       must be zero, because e2fsck validates any non-zero hash regardless of
+       where the xattr lives.
+   * - 0x10
+     - char
+     - e\_name[e\_name\_len]
+     - Attribute name. Does not include trailing NULL.
+
+Attribute values can follow the end of the entry table. There appears to
+be a requirement that they be aligned to 4-byte boundaries. The values
+are stored starting at the end of the block and grow towards the
+xattr\_header/xattr\_entry table. When the two collide, the overflow is
+put into a separate disk block. If the disk block fills up, the
+filesystem returns -ENOSPC.
+
+The first four fields of the ``ext4_xattr_entry`` are set to zero to
+mark the end of the key list.
+
+Attribute Name Indices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Logically speaking, extended attributes are a series of key=value pairs.
+The keys are assumed to be NULL-terminated strings. To reduce the amount
+of on-disk space that the keys consume, the beginning of the key string
+is matched against the attribute name index. If a match is found, the
+attribute name index field is set, and matching string is removed from
+the key name. Here is a map of name index values to key prefixes:
+
+.. list-table::
+   :widths: 16 64
+   :header-rows: 1
+
+   * - Name Index
+     - Key Prefix
+   * - 0
+     - (no prefix)
+   * - 1
+     - “user.”
+   * - 2
+     - “system.posix\_acl\_access”
+   * - 3
+     - “system.posix\_acl\_default”
+   * - 4
+     - “trusted.”
+   * - 6
+     - “security.”
+   * - 7
+     - “system.” (inline\_data only?)
+   * - 8
+     - “system.richacl” (SuSE kernels only?)
+
+For example, if the attribute key is “user.fubar”, the attribute name
+index is set to 1 and the “fubar” name is recorded on disk.
+
+POSIX ACLs
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+POSIX ACLs are stored in a reduced version of the Linux kernel (and
+libacl's) internal ACL format. The key difference is that the version
+number is different (1) and the ``e_id`` field is only stored for named
+user and group ACLs.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/bigalloc.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/bigalloc.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/bigalloc.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/bigalloc.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/bitmaps.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/bitmaps.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/bitmaps.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/bitmaps.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/blockgroup.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/blockgroup.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/blockgroup.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/blockgroup.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/blockmap.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/blockmap.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/blockmap.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/blockmap.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/blocks.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/blocks.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ondisk/blocks.rst
rename to Documentation/filesystems/ext4/blocks.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/checksums.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/checksums.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5519e25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/checksums.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+Checksums
+---------
+
+Starting in early 2012, metadata checksums were added to all major ext4
+and jbd2 data structures. The associated feature flag is metadata\_csum.
+The desired checksum algorithm is indicated in the superblock, though as
+of October 2012 the only supported algorithm is crc32c. Some data
+structures did not have space to fit a full 32-bit checksum, so only the
+lower 16 bits are stored. Enabling the 64bit feature increases the data
+structure size so that full 32-bit checksums can be stored for many data
+structures. However, existing 32-bit filesystems cannot be extended to
+enable 64bit mode, at least not without the experimental resize2fs
+patches to do so.
+
+Existing filesystems can have checksumming added by running
+``tune2fs -O metadata_csum`` against the underlying device. If tune2fs
+encounters directory blocks that lack sufficient empty space to add a
+checksum, it will request that you run ``e2fsck -D`` to have the
+directories rebuilt with checksums. This has the added benefit of
+removing slack space from the directory files and rebalancing the htree
+indexes. If you \_ignore\_ this step, your directories will not be
+protected by a checksum!
+
+The following table describes the data elements that go into each type
+of checksum. The checksum function is whatever the superblock describes
+(crc32c as of October 2013) unless noted otherwise.
+
+.. list-table::
+   :widths: 20 8 50
+   :header-rows: 1
+
+   * - Metadata
+     - Length
+     - Ingredients
+   * - Superblock
+     - \_\_le32
+     - The entire superblock up to the checksum field. The UUID lives inside
+       the superblock.
+   * - MMP
+     - \_\_le32
+     - UUID + the entire MMP block up to the checksum field.
+   * - Extended Attributes
+     - \_\_le32
+     - UUID + the entire extended attribute block. The checksum field is set to
+       zero.
+   * - Directory Entries
+     - \_\_le32
+     - UUID + inode number + inode generation + the directory block up to the
+       fake entry enclosing the checksum field.
+   * - HTREE Nodes
+     - \_\_le32
+     - UUID + inode number + inode generation + all valid extents